diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/bfd/bfd-in2.h binutils-2.38-new/bfd/bfd-in2.h
--- binutils-2.38/bfd/bfd-in2.h 2022-04-26 13:54:49.320527911 +0200
+++ binutils-2.38-new/bfd/bfd-in2.h 2022-04-26 13:55:03.349547939 +0200
@@ -1165,6 +1165,9 @@ typedef struct bfd_section
This is used when support for non-contiguous memory regions is enabled. */
struct bfd_section *already_assigned;
+ /* Explicitly specified section type, if non-zero. */
+ unsigned int type;
+
} asection;
/* Relax table contains information about instructions which can
@@ -1347,8 +1350,8 @@ discarded_section (const asection *sec)
/* symbol, symbol_ptr_ptr, */ \
(struct bfd_symbol *) SYM, &SEC.symbol, \
\
- /* map_head, map_tail, already_assigned */ \
- { NULL }, { NULL }, NULL \
+ /* map_head, map_tail, already_assigned, type */ \
+ { NULL }, { NULL }, NULL, 0 \
\
}
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/bfd/bfd-in2.h.orig binutils-2.38-new/bfd/bfd-in2.h.orig
--- binutils-2.38/bfd/bfd-in2.h.orig 2022-04-26 13:54:49.323527916 +0200
+++ binutils-2.38-new/bfd/bfd-in2.h.orig 2022-04-26 13:54:48.217526337 +0200
@@ -30,11 +30,6 @@
#ifndef __BFD_H_SEEN__
#define __BFD_H_SEEN__
-/* PR 14072: Ensure that config.h is included first. */
-#if !defined PACKAGE && !defined PACKAGE_VERSION
-#error config.h must be included before this header
-#endif
-
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/bfd/elf.c binutils-2.38-new/bfd/elf.c
--- binutils-2.38/bfd/elf.c 2022-04-26 13:54:54.183534853 +0200
+++ binutils-2.38-new/bfd/elf.c 2022-04-26 13:55:03.350547940 +0200
@@ -3286,7 +3286,9 @@ elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *
/* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
asect->flags. */
- if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
+ if (asect->type != 0)
+ sh_type = asect->type;
+ else if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
else
sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/bfd/elf.c.orig binutils-2.38-new/bfd/elf.c.orig
--- binutils-2.38/bfd/elf.c.orig 2022-04-26 13:54:54.187534859 +0200
+++ binutils-2.38-new/bfd/elf.c.orig 2022-04-26 13:54:53.254533527 +0200
@@ -824,7 +824,13 @@ setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shd
}
}
- if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
+ if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL
+ /* OS specific sections might be in a group (eg ARM's ARM_EXIDX section)
+ but they will not have been added to the group because they do not
+ have contents that the ELF code in the BFD library knows how to
+ process. This is OK though - we rely upon the target backends to
+ handle these sections for us. */
+ && hdr->sh_type < SHT_LOOS)
{
/* xgettext:c-format */
_bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
@@ -927,7 +933,8 @@ _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
else if (idx->shdr->bfd_section)
elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
else if (idx->shdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA
- && idx->shdr->sh_type != SHT_REL)
+ && idx->shdr->sh_type != SHT_REL
+ && idx->shdr->sh_type < SHT_LOOS)
{
/* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
_bfd_error_handler
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/bfd/section.c binutils-2.38-new/bfd/section.c
--- binutils-2.38/bfd/section.c 2022-01-22 13:14:07.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.38-new/bfd/section.c 2022-04-26 13:55:03.351547941 +0200
@@ -737,8 +737,8 @@ CODE_FRAGMENT
. {* symbol, symbol_ptr_ptr, *} \
. (struct bfd_symbol *) SYM, &SEC.symbol, \
. \
-. {* map_head, map_tail, already_assigned *} \
-. { NULL }, { NULL }, NULL \
+. {* map_head, map_tail, already_assigned, type *} \
+. { NULL }, { NULL }, NULL, 0 \
. \
. }
.
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/ld/ldgram.y binutils-2.38-new/ld/ldgram.y
--- binutils-2.38/ld/ldgram.y 2022-01-22 13:14:09.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.38-new/ld/ldgram.y 2022-04-26 13:55:03.352547943 +0200
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@
#endif
static enum section_type sectype;
+static etree_type *sectype_value;
static lang_memory_region_type *region;
static bool ldgram_had_keep = false;
@@ -139,6 +140,7 @@ static int error_index;
%token LD_FEATURE
%token NOLOAD DSECT COPY INFO OVERLAY
%token READONLY
+%token TYPE
%token DEFINED TARGET_K SEARCH_DIR MAP ENTRY
%token <integer> NEXT
%token SIZEOF ALIGNOF ADDR LOADADDR MAX_K MIN_K
@@ -1058,9 +1060,8 @@ section: NAME
{
ldlex_popstate ();
ldlex_wild ();
- lang_enter_output_section_statement($1, $3, sectype,
- $5, $7, $4,
- $8, $6);
+ lang_enter_output_section_statement ($1, $3, sectype,
+ sectype_value, $5, $7, $4, $8, $6);
}
'{'
statement_list_opt
@@ -1130,8 +1131,10 @@ type:
| COPY { sectype = noalloc_section; }
| INFO { sectype = noalloc_section; }
| OVERLAY { sectype = noalloc_section; }
+ | READONLY '(' TYPE '=' exp ')' { sectype = typed_readonly_section; sectype_value = $5; }
| READONLY { sectype = readonly_section; }
- ;
+ | TYPE '=' exp { sectype = type_section; sectype_value = $3; }
+ ;
atype:
'(' type ')'
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/ld/ldlang.c binutils-2.38-new/ld/ldlang.c
--- binutils-2.38/ld/ldlang.c 2022-02-07 10:09:33.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.38-new/ld/ldlang.c 2022-04-26 13:55:03.353547944 +0200
@@ -1891,8 +1891,8 @@ lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
address = exp_intop (0);
os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
- os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
- NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
+ os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (
+ secname, address, normal_section, 0, NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
if (add_child == NULL)
add_child = &os->children;
@@ -2635,10 +2635,12 @@ lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_ty
case normal_section:
case overlay_section:
case first_overlay_section:
+ case type_section:
break;
case noalloc_section:
flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
break;
+ case typed_readonly_section:
case readonly_section:
flags |= SEC_READONLY;
break;
@@ -4209,6 +4211,7 @@ map_input_to_output_sections
{
lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
flagword flags;
+ unsigned int type = 0;
switch (s->header.type)
{
@@ -4264,6 +4267,42 @@ map_input_to_output_sections
case readonly_section:
flags |= SEC_READONLY;
break;
+ case typed_readonly_section:
+ flags |= SEC_READONLY;
+ /* Fall through. */
+ case type_section:
+ if (os->sectype_value->type.node_class == etree_name
+ && os->sectype_value->type.node_code == NAME)
+ {
+ const char *name = os->sectype_value->name.name;
+ if (strcmp (name, "SHT_PROGBITS") == 0)
+ type = SHT_PROGBITS;
+ else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_STRTAB") == 0)
+ type = SHT_STRTAB;
+ else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_NOTE") == 0)
+ type = SHT_NOTE;
+ else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_NOBITS") == 0)
+ type = SHT_NOBITS;
+ else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_INIT_ARRAY") == 0)
+ type = SHT_INIT_ARRAY;
+ else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_FINI_ARRAY") == 0)
+ type = SHT_FINI_ARRAY;
+ else if (strcmp (name, "SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY") == 0)
+ type = SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY;
+ else
+ einfo (_ ("%F%P: invalid type for output section `%s'\n"),
+ os->name);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ exp_fold_tree_no_dot (os->sectype_value);
+ if (expld.result.valid_p)
+ type = expld.result.value;
+ else
+ einfo (_ ("%F%P: invalid type for output section `%s'\n"),
+ os->name);
+ }
+ break;
case noload_section:
if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
== bfd_target_elf_flavour)
@@ -4276,6 +4315,7 @@ map_input_to_output_sections
init_os (os, flags | SEC_READONLY);
else
os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
+ os->bfd_section->type = type;
break;
case lang_input_section_enum:
break;
@@ -7503,6 +7543,7 @@ lang_output_section_statement_type *
lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
etree_type *address_exp,
enum section_type sectype,
+ etree_type *sectype_value,
etree_type *align,
etree_type *subalign,
etree_type *ebase,
@@ -7520,10 +7561,12 @@ lang_enter_output_section_statement (con
os->addr_tree = address_exp;
}
os->sectype = sectype;
- if (sectype != noload_section)
- os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
- else
+ if (sectype == type_section || sectype == typed_readonly_section)
+ os->sectype_value = sectype_value;
+ else if (sectype == noload_section)
os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
+ else
+ os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
os->block_value = 1;
/* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
@@ -8840,7 +8883,7 @@ lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *
etree_type *size;
lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
- 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
+ 0, 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
/* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/ld/ldlang.c.orig binutils-2.38-new/ld/ldlang.c.orig
--- binutils-2.38/ld/ldlang.c.orig 1970-01-01 01:00:00.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.38-new/ld/ldlang.c.orig 2022-02-07 10:09:33.000000000 +0100
@@ -0,0 +1,9680 @@
+/* Linker command language support.
+ Copyright (C) 1991-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+ This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
+
+ This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+ (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
+ MA 02110-1301, USA. */
+
+#include "sysdep.h"
+#include <limits.h>
+#include "bfd.h"
+#include "libiberty.h"
+#include "filenames.h"
+#include "safe-ctype.h"
+#include "obstack.h"
+#include "bfdlink.h"
+#include "ctf-api.h"
+
+#include "ld.h"
+#include "ldmain.h"
+#include "ldexp.h"
+#include "ldlang.h"
+#include <ldgram.h>
+#include "ldlex.h"
+#include "ldmisc.h"
+#include "ldctor.h"
+#include "ldfile.h"
+#include "ldemul.h"
+#include "fnmatch.h"
+#include "demangle.h"
+#include "hashtab.h"
+#include "elf-bfd.h"
+#if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
+#include "plugin.h"
+#endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
+
+#ifndef offsetof
+#define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
+#endif
+
+/* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
+ For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
+ of two, so we can use shifts. */
+#define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
+#define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
+
+/* Local variables. */
+static struct obstack stat_obstack;
+static struct obstack map_obstack;
+
+#define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
+#define obstack_chunk_free free
+static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
+static bool map_head_is_link_order = false;
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
+static bool map_option_f;
+static bfd_vma print_dot;
+static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
+static const char *current_target;
+static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
+static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
+static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
+static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
+static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
+
+/* Forward declarations. */
+static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
+static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
+static void insert_undefined (const char *);
+static bool sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
+static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *);
+static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *);
+static void print_statements (void);
+static void print_input_section (asection *, bool);
+static bool lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
+static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
+static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
+static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
+ (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
+static void lang_do_memory_regions (bool);
+
+/* Exported variables. */
+const char *output_target;
+lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
+/* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
+ link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
+ archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
+ linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
+ lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
+ lang_statement_union). */
+lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
+lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
+lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
+/* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
+ executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
+ or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
+ field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
+ lang_statement_union). */
+lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
+/* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
+ command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
+ but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
+ lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
+ lang_statement_union). */
+lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
+static const char *current_input_file;
+struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **current_dynamic_list_p;
+struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
+const char *entry_section = ".text";
+struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
+bool entry_from_cmdline;
+bool lang_has_input_file = false;
+bool had_output_filename = false;
+bool lang_float_flag = false;
+bool delete_output_file_on_failure = false;
+struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
+struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
+struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
+#ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
+static ctf_dict_t *ctf_output;
+#endif
+
+/* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
+ DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
+int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
+
+/* Count times through one_lang_size_sections_pass after mark phase. */
+static int lang_sizing_iteration = 0;
+
+/* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
+ Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
+ wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
+ be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
+ That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
+#define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
+
+#define new_stat(x, y) \
+ (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
+
+#define outside_section_address(q) \
+ ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
+
+#define outside_symbol_address(q) \
+ ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
+
+/* CTF sections smaller than this are not compressed: compression of
+ dictionaries this small doesn't gain much, and this lets consumers mmap the
+ sections directly out of the ELF file and use them with no decompression
+ overhead if they want to. */
+#define CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD 4096
+
+void *
+stat_alloc (size_t size)
+{
+ return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
+}
+
+static int
+name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
+{
+ if (wildcardp (pattern))
+ return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
+ return strcmp (pattern, name);
+}
+
+static char *
+ldirname (const char *name)
+{
+ const char *base = lbasename (name);
+ char *dirname;
+
+ while (base > name && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (base[-1]))
+ --base;
+ if (base == name)
+ return strdup (".");
+ dirname = strdup (name);
+ dirname[base - name] = '\0';
+ return dirname;
+}
+
+/* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
+ separator. If not, return NULL. */
+
+static char *
+archive_path (const char *pattern)
+{
+ char *p = NULL;
+
+ if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
+ return p;
+
+ p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
+#ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
+ if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
+ return p;
+
+ /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
+ as in "c:\silly.dos". */
+ if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
+ p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
+#endif
+ return p;
+}
+
+/* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
+ return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
+
+static bool
+input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
+ lang_input_statement_type *f)
+{
+ bool match = false;
+
+ if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
+ || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
+ && ((sep != file_spec)
+ == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
+ {
+ match = true;
+
+ if (sep != file_spec)
+ {
+ const char *aname = bfd_get_filename (f->the_bfd->my_archive);
+ *sep = 0;
+ match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
+ *sep = link_info.path_separator;
+ }
+ }
+ return match;
+}
+
+static bool
+unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
+ const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
+{
+ struct unique_sections *unam;
+ const char *secnam;
+
+ if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
+ && sec->owner != NULL
+ && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
+ return !(os != NULL
+ && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
+
+ secnam = sec->name;
+ for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
+ if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
+ return true;
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
+
+/* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
+ false. */
+
+static bool
+walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file)
+{
+ struct name_list *list_tmp;
+
+ for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
+ list_tmp;
+ list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
+ {
+ char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
+
+ if (p != NULL)
+ {
+ if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
+ return true;
+
+ /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
+ unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
+ been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
+ else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
+ && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
+ && name_match (list_tmp->name,
+ bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive)) == 0)
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ return false;
+}
+
+/* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
+ the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
+ and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
+ function is very fast. */
+
+static void
+walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file,
+ asection *s,
+ struct wildcard_list *sec,
+ callback_t callback,
+ void *data)
+{
+ /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
+ if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
+ return;
+
+ (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, file, data);
+}
+
+/* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
+ but slowly. */
+
+static void
+walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file,
+ callback_t callback,
+ void *data)
+{
+ asection *s;
+ struct wildcard_list *sec;
+
+ for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ sec = ptr->section_list;
+ if (sec == NULL)
+ (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, file, data);
+
+ while (sec != NULL)
+ {
+ bool skip = false;
+
+ if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
+ {
+ const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
+
+ skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
+ }
+
+ if (!skip)
+ walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
+
+ sec = sec->next;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
+ than one section with that name, we report that. */
+
+typedef struct
+{
+ asection *found_section;
+ bool multiple_sections_found;
+} section_iterator_callback_data;
+
+static bool
+section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
+{
+ section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
+
+ if (d->found_section != NULL)
+ {
+ d->multiple_sections_found = true;
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ d->found_section = s;
+ return false;
+}
+
+static asection *
+find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
+ struct wildcard_list *sec,
+ bool *multiple_sections_found)
+{
+ section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, false };
+
+ bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
+ section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
+ *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
+ return cb_data.found_section;
+}
+
+/* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
+ which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
+
+/* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
+ where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
+
+static bool
+is_simple_wild (const char *name)
+{
+ size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
+ return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
+}
+
+static bool
+match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
+{
+ /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
+ non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
+ if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
+ || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
+ return false;
+
+ pattern += 4;
+ name += 4;
+ while (*pattern != '*')
+ if (*name++ != *pattern++)
+ return false;
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
+ section name NAME. */
+
+static int
+get_init_priority (const asection *sec)
+{
+ const char *name = bfd_section_name (sec);
+ const char *dot;
+
+ /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
+ attribute with numerical values 101 to 65535 inclusive. A
+ lower value means a higher priority.
+
+ 1: .init_array.NNNNN/.fini_array.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is the
+ decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
+ The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
+ .fini_array is backward.
+ 2: .ctors.NNNNN/.dtors.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is 65535 minus the
+ decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
+ The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
+ is forward.
+
+ .init_array.NNNNN sections would normally be placed in an output
+ .init_array section, .fini_array.NNNNN in .fini_array,
+ .ctors.NNNNN in .ctors, and .dtors.NNNNN in .dtors. This means
+ we should sort by increasing number (and could just use
+ SORT_BY_NAME in scripts). However if .ctors.NNNNN sections are
+ being placed in .init_array (which may also contain
+ .init_array.NNNNN sections) or .dtors.NNNNN sections are being
+ placed in .fini_array then we need to extract the init_priority
+ attribute and sort on that. */
+ dot = strrchr (name, '.');
+ if (dot != NULL && ISDIGIT (dot[1]))
+ {
+ char *end;
+ unsigned long init_priority = strtoul (dot + 1, &end, 10);
+ if (*end == 0)
+ {
+ if (dot == name + 6
+ && (strncmp (name, ".ctors", 6) == 0
+ || strncmp (name, ".dtors", 6) == 0))
+ init_priority = 65535 - init_priority;
+ if (init_priority <= INT_MAX)
+ return init_priority;
+ }
+ }
+ return -1;
+}
+
+/* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
+
+static int
+compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
+{
+ int ret;
+ int a_priority, b_priority;
+
+ switch (sort)
+ {
+ default:
+ abort ();
+
+ case by_init_priority:
+ a_priority = get_init_priority (asec);
+ b_priority = get_init_priority (bsec);
+ if (a_priority < 0 || b_priority < 0)
+ goto sort_by_name;
+ ret = a_priority - b_priority;
+ if (ret)
+ break;
+ else
+ goto sort_by_name;
+
+ case by_alignment_name:
+ ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
+ if (ret)
+ break;
+ /* Fall through. */
+
+ case by_name:
+ sort_by_name:
+ ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
+ break;
+
+ case by_name_alignment:
+ ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
+ if (ret)
+ break;
+ /* Fall through. */
+
+ case by_alignment:
+ ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
+ used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
+ of sections are large. */
+
+static lang_section_bst_type **
+wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
+ struct wildcard_list *sec,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ asection *section)
+{
+ lang_section_bst_type **tree;
+
+ tree = &wild->tree;
+ if (!wild->filenames_sorted
+ && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
+ {
+ /* Append at the right end of tree. */
+ while (*tree)
+ tree = &((*tree)->right);
+ return tree;
+ }
+
+ while (*tree)
+ {
+ /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
+ if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
+ tree = &((*tree)->left);
+ else
+ tree = &((*tree)->right);
+ }
+
+ return tree;
+}
+
+/* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
+
+static void
+output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
+ struct wildcard_list *sec,
+ asection *section,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file,
+ void *output)
+{
+ lang_section_bst_type *node;
+ lang_section_bst_type **tree;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
+
+ if (unique_section_p (section, os))
+ return;
+
+ node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
+ node->left = 0;
+ node->right = 0;
+ node->section = section;
+ node->pattern = ptr->section_list;
+
+ tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
+ if (tree != NULL)
+ *tree = node;
+}
+
+/* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
+
+static void
+output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
+ lang_section_bst_type *tree,
+ void *output)
+{
+ if (tree->left)
+ output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
+
+ lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, tree->pattern, NULL,
+ (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
+
+ if (tree->right)
+ output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
+
+ free (tree);
+}
+
+/* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
+ wildcards */
+
+static void
+walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file,
+ callback_t callback,
+ void *data)
+{
+ /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
+ But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
+ (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
+ we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
+ get processed in the bfd's order. */
+ bool multiple_sections_found;
+ struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
+ asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
+
+ if (multiple_sections_found)
+ walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
+ else if (s0)
+ walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
+}
+
+static void
+walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file,
+ callback_t callback,
+ void *data)
+{
+ asection *s;
+ struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
+
+ for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
+ bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
+
+ if (!skip)
+ walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file,
+ callback_t callback,
+ void *data)
+{
+ asection *s;
+ struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
+ struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
+ bool multiple_sections_found;
+ asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
+
+ if (multiple_sections_found)
+ {
+ walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
+ we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
+ for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
+ than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
+ wildspec1. */
+ if (s == s0)
+ walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
+ else
+ {
+ const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
+ bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
+
+ if (!skip)
+ walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
+ data);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file,
+ callback_t callback,
+ void *data)
+{
+ asection *s;
+ struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
+ struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
+ struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
+ bool multiple_sections_found;
+ asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
+
+ if (multiple_sections_found)
+ {
+ walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ if (s == s0)
+ walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
+ else
+ {
+ const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
+ bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
+
+ if (!skip)
+ walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
+ else
+ {
+ skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
+ if (!skip)
+ walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
+ data);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file,
+ callback_t callback,
+ void *data)
+{
+ asection *s;
+ struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
+ struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
+ struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
+ struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
+ bool multiple_sections_found;
+ asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
+
+ if (multiple_sections_found)
+ {
+ walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
+ if (multiple_sections_found)
+ {
+ walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ if (s == s0)
+ walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
+ else
+ if (s == s1)
+ walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
+ else
+ {
+ const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
+ bool skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
+
+ if (!skip)
+ walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
+ data);
+ else
+ {
+ skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
+ if (!skip)
+ walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
+ callback, data);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file,
+ callback_t callback,
+ void *data)
+{
+ if (file->flags.just_syms)
+ return;
+
+ (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
+}
+
+/* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
+ something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
+ only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
+ first wildcard character. */
+
+static bool
+wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
+{
+ size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
+ size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
+ size_t min_prefix_len;
+
+ /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
+ terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
+ ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
+ if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
+ prefix1_len++;
+ if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
+ prefix2_len++;
+
+ min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
+
+ return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
+}
+
+/* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
+ statements. */
+
+static void
+analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
+{
+ int sec_count = 0;
+ int wild_name_count = 0;
+ struct wildcard_list *sec;
+ int signature;
+ int data_counter;
+
+ ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
+ ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
+ ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
+ ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
+ ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
+ ptr->tree = NULL;
+
+ /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
+ actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
+ wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
+ walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
+ of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
+ ending in a single '*'. */
+ for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
+ {
+ ++sec_count;
+ if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
+ return;
+ if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
+ {
+ ++wild_name_count;
+ if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
+ happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
+ happen in practice. */
+ if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
+ return;
+
+ /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
+ for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
+ {
+ struct wildcard_list *sec2;
+ for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
+ {
+ if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+
+ signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
+ switch (signature)
+ {
+ case 0x0100:
+ ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
+ break;
+ case 0x0101:
+ ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
+ break;
+ case 0x0201:
+ ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
+ break;
+ case 0x0302:
+ ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
+ break;
+ case 0x0402:
+ ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
+ break;
+ default:
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
+ specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
+ names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
+ given order, because we've already determined that no section
+ will match more than one spec. */
+ data_counter = 0;
+ for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
+ if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
+ ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
+ for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
+ if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
+ ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
+}
+
+/* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
+
+static void
+walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
+ lang_input_statement_type *f,
+ callback_t callback,
+ void *data)
+{
+ if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
+ return;
+
+ if (f->the_bfd == NULL
+ || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
+ walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
+ else
+ {
+ bfd *member;
+
+ /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
+ archive separately. */
+ member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
+ while (member != NULL)
+ {
+ /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
+ entry point for the archive. For each element of the
+ archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
+ which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
+ lang_input_statement. */
+ if (bfd_usrdata (member) != NULL)
+ walk_wild_section (s, bfd_usrdata (member), callback, data);
+
+ member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
+{
+ const char *file_spec = s->filename;
+ char *p;
+
+ if (file_spec == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
+ {
+ walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
+ {
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
+ {
+ if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
+ walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
+ {
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
+ {
+ if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
+ walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ lang_input_statement_type *f;
+
+ /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
+ f = lookup_name (file_spec);
+ if (f)
+ walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
+ }
+}
+
+/* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
+ function for each node, except those inside output section statements
+ with constraint set to -1. */
+
+void
+lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
+ lang_statement_union_type *s)
+{
+ for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
+ {
+ func (s);
+
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
+ break;
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
+ lang_for_each_statement_worker
+ (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
+ break;
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
+ s->wild_statement.children.head);
+ break;
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
+ s->group_statement.children.head);
+ break;
+ case lang_data_statement_enum:
+ case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+ case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+ case lang_output_statement_enum:
+ case lang_target_statement_enum:
+ case lang_input_section_enum:
+ case lang_input_statement_enum:
+ case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+ case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+ case lang_address_statement_enum:
+ case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+ case lang_insert_statement_enum:
+ break;
+ default:
+ FAIL ();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
+{
+ lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void
+lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
+{
+ list->head = NULL;
+ list->tail = &list->head;
+}
+
+static void
+lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
+ void *element,
+ void *field)
+{
+ *(list->tail) = element;
+ list->tail = field;
+}
+
+void
+push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
+{
+ if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
+ abort ();
+ *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
+ stat_ptr = new_ptr;
+}
+
+void
+pop_stat_ptr (void)
+{
+ if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
+ abort ();
+ stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
+}
+
+/* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
+
+static lang_statement_union_type *
+new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
+ size_t size,
+ lang_statement_list_type *list)
+{
+ lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
+
+ new_stmt = stat_alloc (size);
+ new_stmt->header.type = type;
+ new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
+ lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
+ return new_stmt;
+}
+
+/* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
+ ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
+ or prefix it with a -l etc.
+
+ We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
+ they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
+ foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
+ got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
+
+static lang_input_statement_type *
+new_afile (const char *name,
+ lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
+ const char *target,
+ const char *from_filename)
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *p;
+
+ lang_has_input_file = true;
+
+ p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
+ memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
+ sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
+ p->extra_search_path = NULL;
+ p->target = target;
+ p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
+ p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
+ p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
+ p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
+ p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
+
+ switch (file_type)
+ {
+ case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
+ p->filename = name;
+ p->local_sym_name = name;
+ p->flags.real = true;
+ p->flags.just_syms = true;
+ break;
+ case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
+ p->filename = name;
+ p->local_sym_name = name;
+ break;
+ case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
+ if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
+ {
+ p->filename = name + 1;
+ p->flags.full_name_provided = true;
+ }
+ else
+ p->filename = name;
+ p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
+ p->flags.maybe_archive = true;
+ p->flags.real = true;
+ p->flags.search_dirs = true;
+ break;
+ case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
+ p->filename = name;
+ p->local_sym_name = name;
+ p->flags.search_dirs = true;
+ break;
+ case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
+ p->filename = name;
+ p->local_sym_name = name;
+ /* If name is a relative path, search the directory of the current linker
+ script first. */
+ if (from_filename && !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (name))
+ p->extra_search_path = ldirname (from_filename);
+ p->flags.real = true;
+ p->flags.search_dirs = true;
+ break;
+ case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
+ p->filename = name;
+ p->local_sym_name = name;
+ p->flags.real = true;
+ break;
+ default:
+ FAIL ();
+ }
+
+ lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain, p, &p->next_real_file);
+ return p;
+}
+
+lang_input_statement_type *
+lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
+ lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
+ const char *target)
+{
+ if (name != NULL
+ && (*name == '=' || startswith (name, "$SYSROOT")))
+ {
+ lang_input_statement_type *ret;
+ char *sysrooted_name
+ = concat (ld_sysroot,
+ name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
+ (const char *) NULL);
+
+ /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
+ file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
+ force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
+ get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
+ script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
+ will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
+ within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
+ unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
+ input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
+ ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, NULL);
+ input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
+ return ret;
+ }
+
+ return new_afile (name, file_type, target, current_input_file);
+}
+
+struct out_section_hash_entry
+{
+ struct bfd_hash_entry root;
+ lang_statement_union_type s;
+};
+
+/* The hash table. */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
+
+/* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
+ initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
+
+static struct bfd_hash_entry *
+output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
+ struct bfd_hash_table *table,
+ const char *string)
+{
+ lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
+ struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
+
+ if (entry == NULL)
+ {
+ entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
+ sizeof (*ret));
+ if (entry == NULL)
+ return entry;
+ }
+
+ entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
+ if (entry == NULL)
+ return entry;
+
+ ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
+ memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
+ ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
+ ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
+ ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
+ ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
+ lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
+ lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
+
+ /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
+ first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
+ field of the last element of the list. */
+ if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
+ ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
+ = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
+ ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
+ - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
+
+ /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
+ address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
+ instead. */
+ nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
+ lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list, &ret->s, nextp);
+ return &ret->root;
+}
+
+static void
+output_section_statement_table_init (void)
+{
+ if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
+ output_section_statement_newfunc,
+ sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
+ 61))
+ einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
+}
+
+static void
+output_section_statement_table_free (void)
+{
+ bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
+}
+
+/* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
+
+void
+lang_init (void)
+{
+ obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
+
+ stat_ptr = &statement_list;
+
+ output_section_statement_table_init ();
+
+ lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
+
+ lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
+ lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
+ lang_list_init (&file_chain);
+ first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
+ NULL);
+ abs_output_section =
+ lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, 1);
+
+ abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+
+ asneeded_list_head = NULL;
+ asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
+}
+
+void
+lang_finish (void)
+{
+ output_section_statement_table_free ();
+}
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ A region is an area of memory declared with the
+ MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
+ syntax.
+
+ We maintain a list of all the regions here.
+
+ If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
+ which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
+
+ If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
+ In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
+ already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
+ dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
+ and so we issue a warning.
+
+ Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
+ DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
+ alias names to an existing region within a script with
+ REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
+ region. */
+
+static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
+static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
+ = &lang_memory_region_list;
+
+lang_memory_region_type *
+lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bool create)
+{
+ lang_memory_region_name *n;
+ lang_memory_region_type *r;
+ lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
+
+ /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
+ if (name == NULL)
+ return NULL;
+
+ for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
+ for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
+ if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
+ {
+ if (create)
+ einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
+ NULL, name);
+ return r;
+ }
+
+ if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
+ einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
+ NULL, name);
+
+ new_region = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
+
+ new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
+ new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
+ new_region->next = NULL;
+ new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
+ new_region->origin = 0;
+ new_region->length_exp = NULL;
+ new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
+ new_region->current = 0;
+ new_region->last_os = NULL;
+ new_region->flags = 0;
+ new_region->not_flags = 0;
+ new_region->had_full_message = false;
+
+ *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
+ lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
+
+ return new_region;
+}
+
+void
+lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
+{
+ lang_memory_region_name *n;
+ lang_memory_region_type *r;
+ lang_memory_region_type *region;
+
+ /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
+ to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
+ the default memory region. */
+ if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
+ || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
+ einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
+
+ /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
+ in use. */
+ region = NULL;
+ for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
+ for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
+ {
+ if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
+ region = r;
+ if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
+ einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
+ "alias `%s'\n"),
+ NULL, alias);
+ }
+
+ /* Check if the target region exists. */
+ if (region == NULL)
+ einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
+ "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
+ NULL, region_name, alias);
+
+ /* Add alias to region name list. */
+ n = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
+ n->name = xstrdup (alias);
+ n->next = region->name_list.next;
+ region->name_list.next = n;
+}
+
+static lang_memory_region_type *
+lang_memory_default (asection *section)
+{
+ lang_memory_region_type *p;
+
+ flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
+
+ /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
+ if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
+ sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
+
+ for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ {
+ if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
+ && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
+ {
+ return p;
+ }
+ }
+ return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, false);
+}
+
+/* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
+
+lang_output_section_statement_type *
+lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
+{
+ return bfd_section_userdata (output_section);
+}
+
+/* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
+ If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
+ match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE is 0 return NULL when
+ no match exists. If CREATE is 1, create an output_section_statement
+ when no match exists or if CONSTRAINT is SPECIAL. If CREATE is 2,
+ always make a new output_section_statement. */
+
+lang_output_section_statement_type *
+lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
+ int constraint,
+ int create)
+{
+ struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
+
+ entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
+ bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
+ create != 0, false));
+ if (entry == NULL)
+ {
+ if (create)
+ einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
+ {
+ /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
+ constraint. */
+ struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
+
+ name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
+ do
+ {
+ if (create != 2
+ && !(create && constraint == SPECIAL)
+ && (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
+ || (constraint == 0
+ && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0)))
+ return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
+ last_ent = entry;
+ entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
+ }
+ while (entry != NULL
+ && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
+
+ if (!create)
+ return NULL;
+
+ entry
+ = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
+ output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
+ &output_section_statement_table,
+ name));
+ if (entry == NULL)
+ {
+ einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ entry->root = last_ent->root;
+ last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
+ }
+
+ entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
+ entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
+ entry->s.output_section_statement.dup_output = (create == 2
+ || constraint == SPECIAL);
+ return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
+}
+
+/* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
+ If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
+ match any non-negative constraint. */
+
+lang_output_section_statement_type *
+next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
+ int constraint)
+{
+ /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
+ struct out_section_hash_entry. */
+ struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
+ ((char *) os
+ - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
+ const char *name = os->name;
+
+ ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
+ do
+ {
+ entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
+ if (entry == NULL
+ || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
+ return NULL;
+ }
+ while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
+ && (constraint != 0
+ || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
+
+ return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
+}
+
+/* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
+ Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
+ statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
+ sets *EXACT too. */
+
+lang_output_section_statement_type *
+lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
+ flagword sec_flags,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
+ lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
+{
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
+ flagword look_flags, differ;
+
+ /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
+ skip it. */
+ first = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
+ first = first->next;
+
+ /* First try for an exact match. */
+ found = NULL;
+ for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
+ {
+ look_flags = look->flags;
+ if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
+ {
+ look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
+ if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
+ look->bfd_section,
+ sec->owner, sec))
+ continue;
+ }
+ differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
+ if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
+ | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
+ found = look;
+ }
+ if (found != NULL)
+ {
+ if (exact != NULL)
+ *exact = found;
+ return found;
+ }
+
+ if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
+ && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+ {
+ /* Try for a rw code section. */
+ for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
+ {
+ look_flags = look->flags;
+ if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
+ {
+ look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
+ if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
+ look->bfd_section,
+ sec->owner, sec))
+ continue;
+ }
+ differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
+ if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
+ | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
+ found = look;
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
+ && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+ {
+ /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
+ for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
+ {
+ look_flags = look->flags;
+ if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
+ {
+ look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
+ if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
+ look->bfd_section,
+ sec->owner, sec))
+ continue;
+ }
+ differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
+ if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
+ | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
+ || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
+ | SEC_READONLY))
+ && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
+ found = look;
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
+ && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+ {
+ /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
+ as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
+ bool seen_thread_local = false;
+
+ match_type = NULL;
+ for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
+ {
+ look_flags = look->flags;
+ if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
+ look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
+
+ differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
+ if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
+ {
+ /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
+ if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
+ && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
+ /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
+ a .tdata section stop looking and return the
+ previous section. */
+ break;
+ found = look;
+ seen_thread_local = true;
+ }
+ else if (seen_thread_local)
+ break;
+ else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
+ found = look;
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
+ && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+ {
+ /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
+ for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
+ {
+ look_flags = look->flags;
+ if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
+ {
+ look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
+ if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
+ look->bfd_section,
+ sec->owner, sec))
+ continue;
+ }
+ differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
+ if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
+ | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
+ || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
+ && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
+ found = look;
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
+ && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+ {
+ /* .data goes after .rodata. */
+ for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
+ {
+ look_flags = look->flags;
+ if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
+ {
+ look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
+ if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
+ look->bfd_section,
+ sec->owner, sec))
+ continue;
+ }
+ differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
+ if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
+ | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
+ found = look;
+ }
+ }
+ else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+ {
+ /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
+ for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
+ {
+ look_flags = look->flags;
+ if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
+ {
+ look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
+ if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
+ look->bfd_section,
+ sec->owner, sec))
+ continue;
+ }
+ differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
+ if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
+ found = look;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* non-alloc go last. */
+ for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
+ {
+ look_flags = look->flags;
+ if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
+ look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
+ differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
+ if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
+ found = look;
+ }
+ return found;
+ }
+
+ if (found || !match_type)
+ return found;
+
+ return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
+}
+
+/* Find the last output section before given output statement.
+ Used by place_orphan. */
+
+static asection *
+output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
+{
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
+
+ for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
+ {
+ if (lookup->constraint < 0)
+ continue;
+
+ if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
+ return lookup->bfd_section;
+ }
+
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
+ idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
+ statement in a script, before we find another output section
+ statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
+ are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
+ assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
+ Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
+ similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
+ insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
+ image symbols. */
+
+static lang_statement_union_type **
+insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
+{
+ lang_statement_union_type **where;
+ lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
+ bool ignore_first;
+
+ ignore_first = after == (void *) lang_os_list.head;
+
+ for (where = &after->header.next;
+ *where != NULL;
+ where = &(*where)->header.next)
+ {
+ switch ((*where)->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+ if (assign == NULL)
+ {
+ lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
+
+ ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
+ if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
+ && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
+ && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
+ {
+ if (!ignore_first)
+ assign = where;
+ ignore_first = false;
+ }
+ }
+ continue;
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ case lang_input_section_enum:
+ case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+ case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+ case lang_data_statement_enum:
+ case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+ case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ assign = NULL;
+ ignore_first = false;
+ continue;
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ if (assign != NULL)
+ {
+ asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
+
+ if (s == NULL
+ || s->map_head.s == NULL
+ || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+ where = assign;
+ }
+ break;
+ case lang_input_statement_enum:
+ case lang_address_statement_enum:
+ case lang_target_statement_enum:
+ case lang_output_statement_enum:
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ case lang_insert_statement_enum:
+ continue;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return where;
+}
+
+lang_output_section_statement_type *
+lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
+ const char *secname,
+ int constraint,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
+ struct orphan_save *place,
+ etree_type *address,
+ lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
+{
+ lang_statement_list_type add;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
+
+ /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
+ statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
+ inserting them later into the global statement list. */
+ if (after != NULL)
+ {
+ lang_list_init (&add);
+ push_stat_ptr (&add);
+ }
+
+ if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
+ || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
+ address = exp_intop (0);
+
+ os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
+ os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
+
+ if (add_child == NULL)
+ add_child = &os->children;
+ lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, NULL, os);
+
+ if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
+ {
+ const char *region = (after->region
+ ? after->region->name_list.name
+ : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
+ const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
+ ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
+ : NULL);
+ lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
+ lma_region);
+ }
+ else
+ lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
+ NULL);
+
+ /* Restore the global list pointer. */
+ if (after != NULL)
+ pop_stat_ptr ();
+
+ if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
+ {
+ asection *snew, *as;
+ bool place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
+ bool insert_after = true;
+
+ snew = os->bfd_section;
+
+ /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
+ neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
+ if (place->section == NULL
+ && after != (void *) lang_os_list.head)
+ {
+ asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
+
+ /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
+ sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
+ look for the closest prior output statement having an
+ output section. */
+ if (bfd_section == NULL)
+ bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
+
+ if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
+ place->section = &bfd_section->next;
+ }
+
+ if (place->section == NULL)
+ place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
+
+ as = *place->section;
+
+ if (!as)
+ {
+ /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
+
+ /* Unlink the section. */
+ bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
+
+ /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
+ bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
+ }
+ else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
+ == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+ && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
+ == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+ && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
+ && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+ || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
+ && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
+ {
+ /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
+ by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
+ section after a note section, */
+ asection *sec;
+ /* A specific section after which the output note section
+ should be placed. */
+ asection *after_sec;
+ /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
+ specific section to maintain output note section order. */
+ bool after_sec_note = false;
+
+ static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
+
+ /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
+ ascending order. */
+ after_sec = NULL;
+ if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
+ && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+ {
+ /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
+ section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
+ place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
+
+ first_orphan_note = NULL;
+ for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
+ (sec != NULL
+ && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
+ sec = sec->next)
+ if (sec != snew
+ && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
+ && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+ {
+ if (!first_orphan_note)
+ first_orphan_note = sec;
+ if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
+ after_sec = sec;
+ }
+ else if (first_orphan_note)
+ {
+ /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
+ orphan note section. */
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
+ be placed at the default location. */
+ after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
+ if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
+ {
+ /* If all output note sections have smaller
+ alignments, place the section before all
+ output orphan note sections. */
+ after_sec = first_orphan_note;
+ insert_after = false;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (first_orphan_note)
+ {
+ /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
+ note sections. */
+ after_sec_note = true;
+ after_sec = as;
+ for (sec = as->next;
+ (sec != NULL
+ && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
+ sec = sec->next)
+ if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
+ && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+ after_sec = sec;
+ }
+
+ if (after_sec_note)
+ {
+ if (after_sec)
+ {
+ /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
+ statement. */
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
+ bool found = false;
+ for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
+ {
+ next = stmt->next;
+ if (insert_after)
+ {
+ if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
+ {
+ place_after = true;
+ found = true;
+ after = stmt;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
+ AFTER_SEC output statement. */
+ if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
+ {
+ place_after = true;
+ found = true;
+ after = stmt;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
+ statement. */
+ if (!found)
+ for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
+ {
+ if (insert_after)
+ {
+ if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
+ {
+ place_after = true;
+ after = stmt;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
+ AFTER_SEC output statement. */
+ if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
+ {
+ place_after = true;
+ after = stmt;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (after_sec == NULL
+ || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
+ || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
+ {
+ /* Unlink the section. */
+ bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
+
+ /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
+ prepend SNEW. */
+ if (after_sec)
+ {
+ if (insert_after)
+ bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
+ after_sec, snew);
+ else
+ bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
+ after_sec, snew);
+ }
+ else
+ bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
+ {
+ /* Unlink the section. */
+ bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
+
+ /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
+ bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
+ as, snew);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
+ {
+ /* Unlink the section. */
+ bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
+
+ /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
+ bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
+ }
+
+ /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
+ follow the one we've just added. */
+ place->section = &snew->next;
+
+ /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
+ statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
+ determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
+ In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
+ require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
+ situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
+ following that a segment containing all the read-write
+ sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
+ section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
+ if (add.head != NULL)
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
+
+ /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
+ if (place_after)
+ {
+ lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
+
+ *add.tail = *where;
+ *where = add.head;
+
+ place->os_tail = &after->next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
+ *add.tail = *place->stmt;
+ *place->stmt = add.head;
+ }
+
+ /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
+ new list at the tail. */
+ if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
+ stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
+
+ /* Save the end of this list. */
+ place->stmt = add.tail;
+
+ /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
+ newly_added_os = *os_tail;
+ *os_tail = NULL;
+ newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
+ ((char *) place->os_tail
+ - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
+ newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
+ if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
+ newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
+ *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
+ place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
+
+ /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
+ We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
+ trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
+ assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
+ the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
+ if (*os_tail == NULL)
+ lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
+ }
+ }
+ return os;
+}
+
+static void
+lang_print_asneeded (void)
+{
+ struct asneeded_minfo *m;
+
+ if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
+
+ for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
+ {
+ size_t len;
+
+ minfo ("%s", m->soname);
+ len = strlen (m->soname);
+
+ if (len >= 29)
+ {
+ print_nl ();
+ len = 0;
+ }
+ while (len < 30)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ ++len;
+ }
+
+ if (m->ref != NULL)
+ minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
+ minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
+{
+ if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
+ minfo ("a");
+
+ if (flag & SEC_CODE)
+ minfo ("x");
+
+ if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
+ minfo ("r");
+
+ if (flag & SEC_DATA)
+ minfo ("w");
+
+ if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
+ minfo ("l");
+}
+
+void
+lang_map (void)
+{
+ lang_memory_region_type *m;
+ bool dis_header_printed = false;
+
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
+ {
+ asection *s;
+
+ if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
+ || file->flags.just_syms)
+ continue;
+
+ if (config.print_map_discarded)
+ for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+ if ((s->output_section == NULL
+ || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
+ && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
+ {
+ if (! dis_header_printed)
+ {
+ fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
+ dis_header_printed = true;
+ }
+
+ print_input_section (s, true);
+ }
+ }
+
+ minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
+ _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
+
+ for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
+ {
+ char buf[100];
+ int len;
+
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
+
+ sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
+ minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
+ len = strlen (buf);
+ while (len < 16)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ ++len;
+ }
+
+ minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
+ if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
+ {
+#ifndef BFD64
+ minfo (" ");
+#endif
+ if (m->flags)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ lang_map_flags (m->flags);
+ }
+
+ if (m->not_flags)
+ {
+ minfo (" !");
+ lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
+ }
+ }
+
+ print_nl ();
+ }
+
+ fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
+
+ if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
+ {
+ obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
+ bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
+ }
+ expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
+ lang_statement_iteration++;
+ print_statements ();
+
+ ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
+ config.map_file);
+}
+
+static bool
+sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
+ void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+ if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
+ && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
+ {
+ input_section_userdata_type *ud;
+ struct map_symbol_def *def;
+
+ ud = bfd_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section);
+ if (!ud)
+ {
+ ud = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
+ bfd_set_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section, ud);
+ ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
+ ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
+ }
+ else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
+ ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
+
+ def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
+ def->entry = hash_entry;
+ *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
+ ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
+ ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
+ }
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Initialize an output section. */
+
+static void
+init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
+{
+ if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
+ einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
+
+ if (!s->dup_output)
+ s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
+ if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
+ s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
+ s->name, flags);
+ if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
+ {
+ einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
+ " called %s: %E\n"),
+ link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
+ }
+ s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
+ s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
+
+ /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
+ statement to avoid lookup. */
+ bfd_set_section_userdata (s->bfd_section, s);
+
+ /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
+ mention are initialized. */
+ if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
+ exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
+
+ if (s->load_base != NULL)
+ exp_init_os (s->load_base);
+
+ /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
+ if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
+ s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
+ "section alignment");
+}
+
+/* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
+ initialized. */
+
+static void
+exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
+{
+ switch (exp->type.node_class)
+ {
+ case etree_assign:
+ case etree_provide:
+ case etree_provided:
+ exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_binary:
+ exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
+ exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_trinary:
+ exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
+ exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
+ exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_assert:
+ exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_unary:
+ exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
+ break;
+
+ case etree_name:
+ switch (exp->type.node_code)
+ {
+ case ADDR:
+ case LOADADDR:
+ case SIZEOF:
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
+ if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
+ init_os (os, 0);
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
+
+ /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
+ discard all sections. */
+ if (entry->flags.just_syms)
+ {
+ bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
+ if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
+ && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
+ && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
+ sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+
+ if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
+ bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
+}
+
+
+/* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
+ section flags, otherwise returns false. */
+
+static bool
+lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
+{
+ bool discard;
+ flagword flags = section->flags;
+
+ /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
+ discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
+
+ /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
+ sections from within the group. */
+ if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
+ && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
+ discard = true;
+
+ /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
+ information. */
+ if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
+ && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+ discard = true;
+
+ return discard;
+}
+
+/* The wild routines.
+
+ These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
+ explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
+ foo.o(.text, .data). */
+
+/* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
+ lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
+
+void
+lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
+ asection *section,
+ struct wildcard_list *pattern,
+ struct flag_info *sflag_info,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
+{
+ flagword flags = section->flags;
+
+ bool discard;
+ lang_input_section_type *new_section;
+ bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
+
+ /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
+ discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
+
+ /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
+ DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
+ if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
+ discard = true;
+
+ if (discard)
+ {
+ if (section->output_section == NULL)
+ {
+ /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
+ section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+ }
+ else if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings)
+ einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions makes "
+ "section `%pA' from '%pB' match /DISCARD/ clause.\n"),
+ NULL, section, section->owner);
+
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (sflag_info)
+ {
+ bool keep;
+
+ keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
+ if (!keep)
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (section->output_section != NULL)
+ {
+ if (!link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
+ return;
+
+ /* SECTION has already been handled in a special way
+ (eg. LINK_ONCE): skip it. */
+ if (bfd_is_abs_section (section->output_section))
+ return;
+
+ /* Already assigned to the same output section, do not process
+ it again, to avoid creating loops between duplicate sections
+ later. */
+ if (section->output_section == output->bfd_section)
+ return;
+
+ if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions_warnings && output->bfd_section)
+ einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: --enable-non-contiguous-regions may "
+ "change behaviour for section `%pA' from '%pB' (assigned to "
+ "%pA, but additional match: %pA)\n"),
+ NULL, section, section->owner, section->output_section,
+ output->bfd_section);
+
+ /* SECTION has already been assigned to an output section, but
+ the user allows it to be mapped to another one in case it
+ overflows. We'll later update the actual output section in
+ size_input_section as appropriate. */
+ }
+
+ /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
+ to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
+ SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
+ section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
+ build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
+ the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
+ flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
+
+ /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
+ already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
+ format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
+ to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
+ if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
+ {
+ if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
+ flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
+ else
+ flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
+ }
+ else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
+ flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
+
+ switch (output->sectype)
+ {
+ case normal_section:
+ case overlay_section:
+ case first_overlay_section:
+ break;
+ case noalloc_section:
+ flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
+ break;
+ case readonly_section:
+ flags |= SEC_READONLY;
+ break;
+ case noload_section:
+ flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
+ flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
+ /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
+ meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
+ alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
+ section. */
+ if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+ flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+ else
+ flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
+ init_os (output, flags);
+
+ /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
+ it from the output section. */
+ output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
+
+ if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
+ {
+ /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
+ flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
+
+ /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
+ if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
+ != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
+ || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
+ && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
+ {
+ output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
+ flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
+ }
+ }
+ output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
+
+ if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
+ {
+ output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
+ /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
+ section may have been created before we saw its first input
+ section, eg. for a data statement. */
+ bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
+ link_info.output_bfd,
+ output->bfd_section,
+ &link_info);
+ if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
+ output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
+ }
+
+ if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
+ && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
+ {
+ /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
+ output->block_value = 128;
+ }
+
+ /* When a .ctors section is placed in .init_array it must be copied
+ in reverse order. Similarly for .dtors. Set that up. */
+ if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
+ && ((startswith (section->name, ".ctors")
+ && strcmp (output->bfd_section->name, ".init_array") == 0)
+ || (startswith (section->name, ".dtors")
+ && strcmp (output->bfd_section->name, ".fini_array") == 0))
+ && (section->name[6] == 0 || section->name[6] == '.'))
+ section->flags |= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY;
+
+ if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
+ output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
+
+ section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
+
+ if (!map_head_is_link_order)
+ {
+ asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
+ output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
+ section->map_head.s = NULL;
+ section->map_tail.s = s;
+ if (s != NULL)
+ s->map_head.s = section;
+ else
+ output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
+ }
+
+ /* Add a section reference to the list. */
+ new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
+ new_section->section = section;
+ new_section->pattern = pattern;
+}
+
+/* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
+ should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
+ based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
+ new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
+
+static lang_statement_union_type *
+wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
+ struct wildcard_list *sec,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file,
+ asection *section)
+{
+ lang_statement_union_type *l;
+
+ if (!wild->filenames_sorted
+ && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
+ return NULL;
+
+ for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
+ {
+ lang_input_section_type *ls;
+
+ if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
+ continue;
+ ls = &l->input_section;
+
+ /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
+ name. */
+
+ if (wild->filenames_sorted)
+ {
+ const char *fn, *ln;
+ bool fa, la;
+ int i;
+
+ /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
+ dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
+ the archive and then the name of the file within the
+ archive. */
+
+ if (file->the_bfd != NULL
+ && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
+ {
+ fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
+ fa = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ fn = file->filename;
+ fa = false;
+ }
+
+ if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
+ {
+ ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
+ la = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner);
+ la = false;
+ }
+
+ i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
+ if (i > 0)
+ continue;
+ else if (i < 0)
+ break;
+
+ if (fa || la)
+ {
+ if (fa)
+ fn = file->filename;
+ if (la)
+ ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner);
+
+ i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
+ if (i > 0)
+ continue;
+ else if (i < 0)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
+ looking at the sections for this file. */
+
+ if (sec != NULL
+ && sec->spec.sorted != none
+ && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
+ if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return l;
+}
+
+/* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
+ NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
+
+static void
+output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
+ struct wildcard_list *sec,
+ asection *section,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file,
+ void *output)
+{
+ lang_statement_union_type *before;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
+
+ /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
+ if (unique_section_p (section, os))
+ return;
+
+ before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
+
+ /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
+ should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
+ is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
+ of the current list. */
+
+ if (before == NULL)
+ lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, ptr->section_list,
+ ptr->section_flag_list, os);
+ else
+ {
+ lang_statement_list_type list;
+ lang_statement_union_type **pp;
+
+ lang_list_init (&list);
+ lang_add_section (&list, section, ptr->section_list,
+ ptr->section_flag_list, os);
+
+ /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
+ be NULL. */
+ if (list.head != NULL)
+ {
+ ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
+
+ for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
+ *pp != before;
+ pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
+ ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
+
+ list.head->header.next = *pp;
+ *pp = list.head;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
+ are readonly. */
+
+static void
+check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ asection *section,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ void *output)
+{
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
+
+ /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
+ if (unique_section_p (section, os))
+ return;
+
+ if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
+ os->all_input_readonly = false;
+}
+
+/* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
+ added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
+ already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
+
+static lang_input_statement_type *
+lookup_name (const char *name)
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *search;
+
+ for (search = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
+ search != NULL;
+ search = search->next_real_file)
+ {
+ /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
+ already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
+ via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
+ const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
+
+ if (filename != NULL
+ && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (search == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Arrange to splice the input statement added by new_afile into
+ statement_list after the current input_file_chain tail.
+ We know input_file_chain is not an empty list, and that
+ lookup_name was called via open_input_bfds. Later calls to
+ lookup_name should always match an existing input_statement. */
+ lang_statement_union_type **tail = stat_ptr->tail;
+ lang_statement_union_type **after
+ = (void *) ((char *) input_file_chain.tail
+ - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next_real_file)
+ + offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, header.next));
+ lang_statement_union_type *rest = *after;
+ stat_ptr->tail = after;
+ search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
+ default_target, NULL);
+ *stat_ptr->tail = rest;
+ if (*tail == NULL)
+ stat_ptr->tail = tail;
+ }
+
+ /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
+ don't add this file. */
+ if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
+ return search;
+
+ if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
+ return NULL;
+
+ return search;
+}
+
+/* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
+
+struct excluded_lib
+{
+ char *name;
+ struct excluded_lib *next;
+};
+static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
+
+void
+add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
+{
+ const char *p = list, *end;
+
+ while (*p != '\0')
+ {
+ struct excluded_lib *entry;
+ end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
+ if (end == NULL)
+ end = p + strlen (p);
+ entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
+ entry->next = excluded_libs;
+ entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
+ memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
+ entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
+ excluded_libs = entry;
+ if (*end == '\0')
+ break;
+ p = end + 1;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
+{
+ struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
+
+ while (lib)
+ {
+ int len = strlen (lib->name);
+ const char *filename = lbasename (bfd_get_filename (abfd));
+
+ if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
+ {
+ abfd->no_export = true;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
+ && (filename[len] == '\0'
+ || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
+ && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
+ {
+ abfd->no_export = true;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ lib = lib->next;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Get the symbols for an input file. */
+
+bool
+load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
+ lang_statement_list_type *place)
+{
+ char **matching;
+
+ if (entry->flags.loaded)
+ return true;
+
+ ldfile_open_file (entry);
+
+ /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
+ if (entry->flags.missing_file)
+ return true;
+
+ if (trace_files || verbose)
+ info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
+
+ if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
+ && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
+ {
+ bfd_error_type err;
+ struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
+ extern FILE *yyin;
+
+ err = bfd_get_error ();
+
+ /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
+ if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
+ return true;
+
+ if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
+ {
+ char **p;
+
+ einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
+ " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
+ for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
+ einfo (" %s", *p);
+ einfo ("%F\n");
+ }
+ else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
+ || place == NULL)
+ einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
+
+ bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
+ entry->the_bfd = NULL;
+
+ /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
+ save_flags = input_flags;
+ ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
+
+ push_stat_ptr (place);
+ input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
+ = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
+ input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
+ = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
+ input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
+ input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
+
+ ldfile_assumed_script = true;
+ parser_input = input_script;
+ current_input_file = entry->filename;
+ yyparse ();
+ current_input_file = NULL;
+ ldfile_assumed_script = false;
+
+ /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
+ restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
+ again. */
+ save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
+ input_flags = save_flags;
+ pop_stat_ptr ();
+ fclose (yyin);
+ yyin = NULL;
+ entry->flags.loaded = true;
+
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
+ return true;
+
+ /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
+ add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
+ add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
+ which is used. */
+ switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
+ {
+ default:
+ break;
+
+ case bfd_object:
+ if (!entry->flags.reload)
+ ldlang_add_file (entry);
+ break;
+
+ case bfd_archive:
+ check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
+
+ bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
+ if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
+ {
+ bfd *member = NULL;
+ bool loaded = true;
+
+ for (;;)
+ {
+ bfd *subsbfd;
+ member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
+
+ if (member == NULL)
+ break;
+
+ if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
+ {
+ einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
+ entry->the_bfd, member);
+ loaded = false;
+ }
+
+ subsbfd = member;
+ if (!(*link_info.callbacks
+ ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
+ "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
+ abort ();
+
+ /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
+ substitute BFD for us. */
+ if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
+ {
+ einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
+ loaded = false;
+ }
+ }
+
+ entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
+ return loaded;
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
+ entry->flags.loaded = true;
+ else
+ einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
+
+ return entry->flags.loaded;
+}
+
+/* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
+ may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
+ lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
+ expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
+ the output section. */
+
+static void
+wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
+ const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
+{
+ struct wildcard_list *sec;
+
+ if (s->handler_data[0]
+ && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
+ && !s->filenames_sorted)
+ {
+ lang_section_bst_type *tree;
+
+ walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
+
+ tree = s->tree;
+ if (tree)
+ {
+ output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
+ s->tree = NULL;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
+
+ if (default_common_section == NULL)
+ for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
+ if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
+ {
+ /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
+ later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
+ default_common_section = output;
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
+
+static int
+get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
+{
+ const char *sought = (const char *) data;
+
+ return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
+}
+
+/* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
+
+static void
+stricpy (char *dest, const char *src)
+{
+ char c;
+
+ while ((c = *src++) != 0)
+ *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
+
+ *dest = 0;
+}
+
+/* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
+ from haystack. */
+
+static void
+strcut (char *haystack, const char *needle)
+{
+ haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
+
+ if (haystack)
+ {
+ char *src;
+
+ for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
+ *haystack++ = *src++;
+
+ *haystack = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Compare two target format name strings.
+ Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
+
+static int
+name_compare (const char *first, const char *second)
+{
+ char *copy1;
+ char *copy2;
+ int result;
+
+ copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
+ copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
+
+ /* Convert the names to lower case. */
+ stricpy (copy1, first);
+ stricpy (copy2, second);
+
+ /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
+ strcut (copy1, "big");
+ strcut (copy1, "little");
+ strcut (copy2, "big");
+ strcut (copy2, "little");
+
+ /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
+ starting from the beginning. If both strings are
+ the same then return 10 * their length. */
+ for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
+ if (copy1[result] == 0)
+ {
+ result *= 10;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ free (copy1);
+ free (copy2);
+
+ return result;
+}
+
+/* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
+static const bfd_target *winner;
+
+/* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
+ requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
+ match to the original output target. */
+
+static int
+closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
+{
+ const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
+
+ if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
+ && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
+ return 0;
+
+ if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
+ && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* Must be the same flavour. */
+ if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
+ if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
+ || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
+ || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
+ || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
+ if (winner == NULL)
+ {
+ winner = target;
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
+ Compare their names and choose the better one. */
+ if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
+ > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
+ winner = target;
+
+ /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
+ return 0;
+}
+
+/* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
+
+static const char *
+get_first_input_target (void)
+{
+ const char *target = NULL;
+
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
+ {
+ if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
+ && s->flags.real)
+ {
+ ldfile_open_file (s);
+
+ if (s->the_bfd != NULL
+ && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
+ {
+ target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
+
+ if (target != NULL)
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ return target;
+}
+
+const char *
+lang_get_output_target (void)
+{
+ const char *target;
+
+ /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
+ if (output_target != NULL)
+ return output_target;
+
+ /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
+ the default? */
+ if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
+ return current_target;
+
+ /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
+ target = get_first_input_target ();
+ if (target != NULL)
+ return target;
+
+ /* Failed - use the default output target. */
+ return default_target;
+}
+
+/* Open the output file. */
+
+static void
+open_output (const char *name)
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *f;
+ char *out = lrealpath (name);
+
+ for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
+ f != NULL;
+ f = f->next_real_file)
+ if (f->flags.real)
+ {
+ char *in = lrealpath (f->local_sym_name);
+ if (filename_cmp (in, out) == 0)
+ einfo (_("%F%P: input file '%s' is the same as output file\n"),
+ f->filename);
+ free (in);
+ }
+ free (out);
+
+ output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
+
+ /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
+ line? */
+ if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
+ {
+ /* Get the chosen target. */
+ const bfd_target *target
+ = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
+
+ /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
+ if (target != NULL)
+ {
+ enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
+
+ if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
+ desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
+ else
+ desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
+
+ /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
+ not happen if the linker script has provided big and
+ little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
+ this. */
+ if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
+ {
+ /* If it does, then see if the target provides
+ an alternative with the correct endianness. */
+ if (target->alternative_target != NULL
+ && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
+ output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
+ else
+ {
+ /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
+ the default target, but which has the desired
+ endian characteristic. */
+ bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
+ (void *) target);
+
+ /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
+ satisfy our requirements. */
+ if (winner == NULL)
+ einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
+ " that match endianness requirement\n"));
+ else
+ output_target = winner->name;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
+
+ if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
+ {
+ if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
+ einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
+
+ einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
+ }
+
+ delete_output_file_on_failure = true;
+
+ if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
+ einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
+ if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
+ ldfile_output_architecture,
+ ldfile_output_machine))
+ einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
+
+ link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
+ if (link_info.hash == NULL)
+ einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
+
+ bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
+}
+
+static void
+ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
+{
+ switch (statement->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_output_statement_enum:
+ ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
+ open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
+ ldemul_set_output_arch ();
+ if (config.magic_demand_paged
+ && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
+ link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
+ else
+ link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
+ if (config.text_read_only)
+ link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
+ else
+ link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
+ if (link_info.traditional_format)
+ link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
+ else
+ link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
+ break;
+
+ case lang_target_statement_enum:
+ current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+init_opb (asection *s)
+{
+ unsigned int x;
+
+ opb_shift = 0;
+ if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
+ && s != NULL
+ && (s->flags & SEC_ELF_OCTETS) != 0)
+ return;
+
+ x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
+ ldfile_output_machine);
+ if (x > 1)
+ while ((x & 1) == 0)
+ {
+ x >>= 1;
+ ++opb_shift;
+ }
+ ASSERT (x == 1);
+}
+
+/* Open all the input files. */
+
+enum open_bfd_mode
+ {
+ OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
+ OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
+ OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
+ };
+#if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
+static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
+static struct bfd_link_hash_entry *plugin_undefs = NULL;
+#endif
+
+static void
+open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
+{
+ for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
+ {
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
+ break;
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
+ break;
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
+ if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
+ && s->wild_statement.filename
+ && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
+ && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
+ lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
+ open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
+ break;
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ {
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
+#if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
+ lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert_save;
+#endif
+
+ /* We must continually search the entries in the group
+ until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
+ symbols. */
+
+ do
+ {
+#if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
+ plugin_insert_save = plugin_insert;
+#endif
+ undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
+ open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
+ mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
+ }
+ while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail
+#if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
+ /* Objects inserted by a plugin, which are loaded
+ before we hit this loop, may have added new
+ undefs. */
+ || (plugin_insert != plugin_insert_save && plugin_undefs)
+#endif
+ );
+ }
+ break;
+ case lang_target_statement_enum:
+ current_target = s->target_statement.target;
+ break;
+ case lang_input_statement_enum:
+ if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
+ {
+ lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
+ lang_statement_list_type add;
+ bfd *abfd;
+
+ s->input_statement.target = current_target;
+
+ /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
+ is an archive which has already been searched, then
+ force it to be researched unless the whole archive
+ has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
+ Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
+ if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
+#if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
+ && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
+ || plugin_insert == NULL)
+#endif
+ && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
+ && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
+ && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
+ && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
+ || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
+ && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
+ && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
+ && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
+ && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
+ {
+ s->input_statement.flags.loaded = false;
+ s->input_statement.flags.reload = true;
+ }
+
+ os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
+ lang_list_init (&add);
+
+ if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
+ config.make_executable = false;
+
+ if (add.head != NULL)
+ {
+ /* If this was a script with output sections then
+ tack any added statements on to the end of the
+ list. This avoids having to reorder the output
+ section statement list. Very likely the user
+ forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
+ naive user expectations. */
+ if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
+ {
+ einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
+ " did you forget -T?\n"),
+ s->input_statement.filename);
+ *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
+ stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *add.tail = s->header.next;
+ s->header.next = add.head;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
+ /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
+ files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
+ if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
+ plugin_insert = NULL;
+#endif
+ break;
+ case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+ if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
+ exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
+ if (input_flags.missing_file)
+ einfo ("%F");
+}
+
+#ifdef ENABLE_LIBCTF
+/* Emit CTF errors and warnings. fp can be NULL to report errors/warnings
+ that happened specifically at CTF open time. */
+static void
+lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_dict_t *fp)
+{
+ ctf_next_t *i = NULL;
+ char *text;
+ int is_warning;
+ int err;
+
+ while ((text = ctf_errwarning_next (fp, &i, &is_warning, &err)) != NULL)
+ {
+ einfo (_("%s: %s\n"), is_warning ? _("CTF warning"): _("CTF error"),
+ text);
+ free (text);
+ }
+ if (err != ECTF_NEXT_END)
+ {
+ einfo (_("CTF error: cannot get CTF errors: `%s'\n"),
+ ctf_errmsg (err));
+ }
+
+ /* `err' returns errors from the error/warning iterator in particular.
+ These never assert. But if we have an fp, that could have recorded
+ an assertion failure: assert if it has done so. */
+ ASSERT (!fp || ctf_errno (fp) != ECTF_INTERNAL);
+}
+
+/* Open the CTF sections in the input files with libctf: if any were opened,
+ create a fake input file that we'll write the merged CTF data to later
+ on. */
+
+static void
+ldlang_open_ctf (void)
+{
+ int any_ctf = 0;
+ int err;
+
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
+ {
+ asection *sect;
+
+ /* Incoming files from the compiler have a single ctf_dict_t in them
+ (which is presented to us by the libctf API in a ctf_archive_t
+ wrapper): files derived from a previous relocatable link have a CTF
+ archive containing possibly many CTF files. */
+
+ if ((file->the_ctf = ctf_bfdopen (file->the_bfd, &err)) == NULL)
+ {
+ if (err != ECTF_NOCTFDATA)
+ {
+ lang_ctf_errs_warnings (NULL);
+ einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB not loaded; "
+ "its types will be discarded: %s\n"), file->the_bfd,
+ ctf_errmsg (err));
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* Prevent the contents of this section from being written, while
+ requiring the section itself to be duplicated in the output, but only
+ once. */
+ /* This section must exist if ctf_bfdopen() succeeded. */
+ sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf");
+ sect->size = 0;
+ sect->flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
+
+ if (any_ctf)
+ sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+ any_ctf = 1;
+ }
+
+ if (!any_ctf)
+ {
+ ctf_output = NULL;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if ((ctf_output = ctf_create (&err)) != NULL)
+ return;
+
+ einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF output not created: `%s'\n"),
+ ctf_errmsg (err));
+
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (errfile)
+ ctf_close (errfile->the_ctf);
+}
+
+/* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
+ function and data object sections need adjustment. */
+
+static void
+lang_merge_ctf (void)
+{
+ asection *output_sect;
+ int flags = 0;
+
+ if (!ctf_output)
+ return;
+
+ output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
+
+ /* If the section was discarded, don't waste time merging. */
+ if (output_sect == NULL)
+ {
+ ctf_dict_close (ctf_output);
+ ctf_output = NULL;
+
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
+ {
+ ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
+ file->the_ctf = NULL;
+ }
+ return;
+ }
+
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
+ {
+ if (!file->the_ctf)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Takes ownership of file->the_ctf. */
+ if (ctf_link_add_ctf (ctf_output, file->the_ctf, file->filename) < 0)
+ {
+ einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB cannot be linked: `%s'\n"),
+ file->the_bfd, ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
+ ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
+ file->the_ctf = NULL;
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (!config.ctf_share_duplicated)
+ flags = CTF_LINK_SHARE_UNCONFLICTED;
+ else
+ flags = CTF_LINK_SHARE_DUPLICATED;
+ if (!config.ctf_variables)
+ flags |= CTF_LINK_OMIT_VARIABLES_SECTION;
+ if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
+ flags |= CTF_LINK_NO_FILTER_REPORTED_SYMS;
+
+ if (ctf_link (ctf_output, flags) < 0)
+ {
+ lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
+ einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF linking failed; "
+ "output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
+ ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
+ if (output_sect)
+ {
+ output_sect->size = 0;
+ output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Output any lingering errors that didn't come from ctf_link. */
+ lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
+}
+
+/* Let the emulation acquire strings from the dynamic strtab to help it optimize
+ the CTF, if supported. */
+
+void
+ldlang_ctf_acquire_strings (struct elf_strtab_hash *dynstrtab)
+{
+ ldemul_acquire_strings_for_ctf (ctf_output, dynstrtab);
+}
+
+/* Inform the emulation about the addition of a new dynamic symbol, in BFD
+ internal format. */
+void ldlang_ctf_new_dynsym (int symidx, struct elf_internal_sym *sym)
+{
+ ldemul_new_dynsym_for_ctf (ctf_output, symidx, sym);
+}
+
+/* Write out the CTF section. Called early, if the emulation isn't going to
+ need to dedup against the strtab and symtab, then possibly called from the
+ target linker code if the dedup has happened. */
+static void
+lang_write_ctf (int late)
+{
+ size_t output_size;
+ asection *output_sect;
+
+ if (!ctf_output)
+ return;
+
+ if (late)
+ {
+ /* Emit CTF late if this emulation says it can do so. */
+ if (ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
+ return;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (!ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Inform the emulation that all the symbols that will be received have
+ been. */
+
+ ldemul_new_dynsym_for_ctf (ctf_output, 0, NULL);
+
+ /* Emit CTF. */
+
+ output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
+ if (output_sect)
+ {
+ output_sect->contents = ctf_link_write (ctf_output, &output_size,
+ CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD);
+ output_sect->size = output_size;
+ output_sect->flags |= SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_KEEP;
+
+ lang_ctf_errs_warnings (ctf_output);
+ if (!output_sect->contents)
+ {
+ einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section emission failed; "
+ "output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
+ ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
+ output_sect->size = 0;
+ output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* This also closes every CTF input file used in the link. */
+ ctf_dict_close (ctf_output);
+ ctf_output = NULL;
+
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
+ file->the_ctf = NULL;
+}
+
+/* Write out the CTF section late, if the emulation needs that. */
+
+void
+ldlang_write_ctf_late (void)
+{
+ /* Trigger a "late call", if the emulation needs one. */
+
+ lang_write_ctf (1);
+}
+#else
+static void
+ldlang_open_ctf (void)
+{
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
+ {
+ asection *sect;
+
+ /* If built without CTF, warn and delete all CTF sections from the output.
+ (The alternative would be to simply concatenate them, which does not
+ yield a valid CTF section.) */
+
+ if ((sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf")) != NULL)
+ {
+ einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in %pB not linkable: "
+ "%P was built without support for CTF\n"), file->the_bfd);
+ sect->size = 0;
+ sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void lang_merge_ctf (void) {}
+void
+ldlang_ctf_acquire_strings (struct elf_strtab_hash *dynstrtab
+ ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
+void
+ldlang_ctf_new_dynsym (int symidx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ struct elf_internal_sym *sym ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
+static void lang_write_ctf (int late ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) {}
+void ldlang_write_ctf_late (void) {}
+#endif
+
+/* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
+ This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
+ the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
+ on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
+ name to the symbol table. */
+
+typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
+
+#define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
+
+void
+ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bool cmdline ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+ ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
+
+ new_undef = stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
+ new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
+ ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
+
+ new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
+
+ if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
+ insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
+}
+
+/* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
+
+static void
+insert_undefined (const char *name)
+{
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, true, false, true);
+ if (h == NULL)
+ einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
+ if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
+ {
+ h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+ h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
+ h->non_ir_ref_regular = true;
+ bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
+ into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
+ script file. */
+
+static void
+lang_place_undefineds (void)
+{
+ ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
+
+ for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
+ insert_undefined (ptr->name);
+}
+
+/* Mark -u symbols against garbage collection. */
+
+static void
+lang_mark_undefineds (void)
+{
+ ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
+
+ if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
+ for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
+ {
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
+ bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name, false, false, true);
+ if (h != NULL)
+ h->mark = 1;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
+ be defined. */
+
+struct require_defined_symbol
+{
+ const char *name;
+ struct require_defined_symbol *next;
+};
+
+/* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
+
+static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
+
+/* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
+ defined. */
+
+void
+ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
+{
+ struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
+
+ ldlang_add_undef (name, true);
+ ptr = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
+ ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
+ ptr->name = strdup (name);
+ require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
+}
+
+/* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
+ raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
+
+static void
+ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
+{
+ struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
+
+ for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
+ {
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
+ false, false, true);
+ if (h == NULL
+ || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+ && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
+ einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
+
+static void
+check_input_sections
+ (lang_statement_union_type *s,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
+{
+ for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
+ {
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
+ output_section_statement);
+ if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
+ return;
+ break;
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
+ output_section_statement);
+ if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
+ return;
+ break;
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
+ output_section_statement);
+ if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
+ return;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
+
+static void
+update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
+{
+ struct wildcard_list *sec;
+
+ switch (sort_section)
+ {
+ default:
+ FAIL ();
+
+ case none:
+ break;
+
+ case by_name:
+ case by_alignment:
+ for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
+ {
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+ default:
+ break;
+
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
+ sec = sec->next)
+ /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
+ if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
+ && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
+ switch (sec->spec.sorted)
+ {
+ case none:
+ sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
+ break;
+ case by_name:
+ if (sort_section == by_alignment)
+ sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
+ break;
+ case by_alignment:
+ if (sort_section == by_name)
+ sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
+ break;
+
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ update_wild_statements
+ (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
+ break;
+
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
+
+static void
+map_input_to_output_sections
+ (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
+{
+ for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
+ flagword flags;
+
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
+ break;
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
+ target,
+ os);
+ break;
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ tos = &s->output_section_statement;
+ if (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RW
+ || tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO)
+ {
+ tos->all_input_readonly = true;
+ check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
+ if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
+ tos->constraint = -1;
+ }
+ if (tos->constraint >= 0)
+ map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
+ target,
+ tos);
+ break;
+ case lang_output_statement_enum:
+ break;
+ case lang_target_statement_enum:
+ target = s->target_statement.target;
+ break;
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
+ target,
+ os);
+ break;
+ case lang_data_statement_enum:
+ /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
+ are initialized. */
+ exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
+ /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
+ these may be overridden by the script. */
+ flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
+ switch (os->sectype)
+ {
+ case normal_section:
+ case overlay_section:
+ case first_overlay_section:
+ break;
+ case noalloc_section:
+ flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+ break;
+ case readonly_section:
+ flags |= SEC_READONLY;
+ break;
+ case noload_section:
+ if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
+ == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+ flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
+ else
+ flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
+ init_os (os, flags | SEC_READONLY);
+ else
+ os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
+ break;
+ case lang_input_section_enum:
+ break;
+ case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+ case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+ case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+ case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+ case lang_input_statement_enum:
+ if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
+ init_os (os, 0);
+ break;
+ case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+ if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
+ init_os (os, 0);
+
+ /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
+ are initialized. */
+ exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
+ break;
+ case lang_address_statement_enum:
+ /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
+ If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
+ directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
+ processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
+ treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
+ command-line) as section directives. We honor the
+ section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
+ linker scripts that do not specifically check for
+ SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
+ if (!s->address_statement.segment
+ || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
+ {
+ const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
+
+ /* Create the output section statement here so that
+ orphans with a set address will be placed after other
+ script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
+ place them in amongst other sections then the address
+ will affect following script sections, which is
+ likely to surprise naive users. */
+ tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, 1);
+ tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
+ if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
+ init_os (tos, 0);
+ }
+ break;
+ case lang_insert_statement_enum:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
+ start of the list and places them after the output section
+ statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
+ by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
+ statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.
+ FIXME someday: Twiddling with the list not only moves statements
+ from the user's script but also input and group statements that are
+ built from command line object files and --start-group. We only
+ get away with this because the list pointers used by file_chain
+ and input_file_chain are not reordered, and processing via
+ statement_list after this point mostly ignores input statements.
+ One exception is the map file, where LOAD and START GROUP/END GROUP
+ can end up looking odd. */
+
+static void
+process_insert_statements (lang_statement_union_type **start)
+{
+ lang_statement_union_type **s;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ s = start;
+ while (*s != NULL)
+ {
+ if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
+ {
+ /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
+ statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
+ os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
+
+ ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
+ last_os = os;
+
+ /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
+ won't match this output section statement. At this
+ stage in linking constraint has values in the range
+ [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
+ last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
+ if (first_os == NULL)
+ first_os = last_os;
+ }
+ else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_group_statement_enum)
+ {
+ /* A user might put -T between --start-group and
+ --end-group. One way this odd construct might arise is
+ from a wrapper around ld to change library search
+ behaviour. For example:
+ #! /bin/sh
+ exec real_ld --start-group "$@" --end-group
+ This isn't completely unreasonable so go looking inside a
+ group statement for insert statements. */
+ process_insert_statements (&(*s)->group_statement.children.head);
+ }
+ else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
+ {
+ lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
+ lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
+ lang_statement_union_type *first;
+
+ if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
+ {
+ einfo (_("warning: INSERT statement in linker script is "
+ "incompatible with --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"));
+ }
+
+ where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
+ if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
+ {
+ do
+ where = where->prev;
+ while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
+ }
+ if (where == NULL)
+ {
+ einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
+ if (last_os != NULL)
+ {
+ asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
+ struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
+
+ /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
+ first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
+ if (last_os->next == NULL)
+ {
+ next = &first_os->prev->next;
+ lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
+ }
+ else
+ last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
+ /* Add them in at the new position. */
+ last_os->next = where->next;
+ if (where->next == NULL)
+ {
+ next = &last_os->next;
+ lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
+ }
+ else
+ where->next->prev = last_os;
+ first_os->prev = where;
+ where->next = first_os;
+
+ /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
+ first_sec = NULL;
+ last_sec = NULL;
+ for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
+ {
+ os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
+ if (os->bfd_section != NULL
+ && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
+ {
+ last_sec = os->bfd_section;
+ if (first_sec == NULL)
+ first_sec = last_sec;
+ }
+ if (os == last_os)
+ break;
+ }
+ if (last_sec != NULL)
+ {
+ asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
+ if (sec == NULL)
+ sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
+
+ /* The place we want to insert must come after the
+ sections we are moving. So if we find no
+ section or if the section is the same as our
+ last section, then no move is needed. */
+ if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
+ {
+ /* Trim them off. */
+ if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
+ first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
+ else
+ link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
+ if (last_sec->next != NULL)
+ last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
+ else
+ link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
+ /* Add back. */
+ last_sec->next = sec->next;
+ if (sec->next != NULL)
+ sec->next->prev = last_sec;
+ else
+ link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
+ first_sec->prev = sec;
+ sec->next = first_sec;
+ }
+ }
+
+ first_os = NULL;
+ last_os = NULL;
+ }
+
+ ptr = insert_os_after (where);
+ /* Snip everything from the start of the list, up to and
+ including the insert statement we are currently processing. */
+ first = *start;
+ *start = (*s)->header.next;
+ /* Add them back where they belong, minus the insert. */
+ *s = *ptr;
+ if (*s == NULL)
+ statement_list.tail = s;
+ *ptr = first;
+ s = start;
+ continue;
+ }
+ s = &(*s)->header.next;
+ }
+
+ /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
+ for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
+ {
+ os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
+ if (os == last_os)
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+/* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
+ added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
+ sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
+
+void
+strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
+{
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
+ if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
+ {
+ expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
+ expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
+ one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, false);
+ lang_reset_memory_regions ();
+ }
+
+ for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
+ os != NULL;
+ os = os->next)
+ {
+ asection *output_section;
+ bool exclude;
+
+ if (os->constraint < 0)
+ continue;
+
+ output_section = os->bfd_section;
+ if (output_section == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
+ && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
+ && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
+ output_section));
+
+ /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
+ .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
+ input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
+ input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
+ if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
+ {
+ asection *s;
+
+ for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
+ if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
+ && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
+ || link_info.emitrelocations))
+ {
+ exclude = false;
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (exclude)
+ {
+ /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
+ removed output section statement may still be used. */
+ if (!os->update_dot)
+ os->ignored = true;
+ output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
+ bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
+ link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
+ asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
+
+void
+lang_clear_os_map (void)
+{
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ if (map_head_is_link_order)
+ return;
+
+ for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
+ os != NULL;
+ os = os->next)
+ {
+ asection *output_section;
+
+ if (os->constraint < 0)
+ continue;
+
+ output_section = os->bfd_section;
+ if (output_section == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
+ output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
+ output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
+ and map_tail link_order fields. */
+ map_head_is_link_order = true;
+}
+
+static void
+print_output_section_statement
+ (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
+{
+ asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+ int len;
+
+ if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
+ {
+ minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
+
+ if (section != NULL)
+ {
+ print_dot = section->vma;
+
+ len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
+ if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
+ {
+ print_nl ();
+ len = 0;
+ }
+ while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ ++len;
+ }
+
+ minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
+
+ if (section->vma != section->lma)
+ minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
+
+ if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
+ exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
+ bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
+ }
+
+ print_nl ();
+ }
+
+ print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
+ output_section_statement);
+}
+
+static void
+print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
+{
+ unsigned int i;
+ bool is_dot;
+ etree_type *tree;
+ asection *osec;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+ print_space ();
+
+ if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
+ {
+ is_dot = false;
+ tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
+
+ is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
+ tree = assignment->exp;
+ }
+
+ osec = output_section->bfd_section;
+ if (osec == NULL)
+ osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+
+ if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
+ exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
+ else
+ expld.result.valid_p = false;
+
+ if (expld.result.valid_p)
+ {
+ bfd_vma value;
+
+ if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
+ || is_dot
+ || expld.assign_name != NULL)
+ {
+ value = expld.result.value;
+
+ if (expld.result.section != NULL)
+ value += expld.result.section->vma;
+
+ minfo ("0x%V", value);
+ if (is_dot)
+ print_dot = value;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
+ false, false, true);
+ if (h != NULL
+ && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
+ {
+ value = h->u.def.value;
+ value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
+ value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
+
+ minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
+ }
+ else
+ minfo ("[unresolved]");
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
+ minfo ("[!provide]");
+ else
+ minfo ("*undef* ");
+#ifdef BFD64
+ minfo (" ");
+#endif
+ }
+ expld.assign_name = NULL;
+
+ minfo (" ");
+ exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
+ print_nl ();
+}
+
+static void
+print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
+{
+ if (statm->filename != NULL)
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
+}
+
+/* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
+ via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
+
+bool
+print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
+{
+ asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
+
+ if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
+ {
+ int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+ print_space ();
+ minfo ("0x%V ",
+ (hash_entry->u.def.value
+ + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
+ + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
+
+ minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+static int
+hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
+{
+ const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
+ const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
+
+ if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
+ return -1;
+ else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
+ return 1;
+ else
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static void
+print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
+{
+ input_section_userdata_type *ud = bfd_section_userdata (sec);
+ struct map_symbol_def *def;
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
+ unsigned int i;
+
+ if (!ud)
+ return;
+
+ *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
+
+ /* Sort the symbols by address. */
+ entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
+ obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
+ ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
+
+ for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
+ entries[i] = def->entry;
+
+ qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
+ hash_entry_addr_cmp);
+
+ /* Print the symbols. */
+ for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
+ ldemul_print_symbol (entries[i], sec);
+
+ obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
+}
+
+/* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
+
+static void
+print_input_section (asection *i, bool is_discarded)
+{
+ bfd_size_type size = i->size;
+ int len;
+ bfd_vma addr;
+
+ init_opb (i);
+
+ print_space ();
+ minfo ("%s", i->name);
+
+ len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
+ if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
+ {
+ print_nl ();
+ len = 0;
+ }
+ while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ ++len;
+ }
+
+ if (i->output_section != NULL
+ && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
+ addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
+ else
+ {
+ addr = print_dot;
+ if (!is_discarded)
+ size = 0;
+ }
+
+ minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, TO_ADDR (size), i->owner);
+
+ if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
+ {
+ len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
+#ifdef BFD64
+ len += 16;
+#else
+ len += 8;
+#endif
+ while (len > 0)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ --len;
+ }
+
+ minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), TO_ADDR (i->rawsize));
+ }
+
+ if (i->output_section != NULL
+ && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
+ {
+ if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
+ bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, ldemul_print_symbol, i);
+ else
+ print_all_symbols (i);
+
+ /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
+ backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
+ later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
+ if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
+ print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
+{
+ size_t size;
+ unsigned char *p;
+ fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
+ for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
+ fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
+}
+
+static void
+print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
+{
+ int i;
+ bfd_vma addr;
+ bfd_size_type size;
+ const char *name;
+
+ init_opb (data->output_section);
+ for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+ print_space ();
+
+ addr = data->output_offset;
+ if (data->output_section != NULL)
+ addr += data->output_section->vma;
+
+ switch (data->type)
+ {
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ case BYTE:
+ size = BYTE_SIZE;
+ name = "BYTE";
+ break;
+ case SHORT:
+ size = SHORT_SIZE;
+ name = "SHORT";
+ break;
+ case LONG:
+ size = LONG_SIZE;
+ name = "LONG";
+ break;
+ case QUAD:
+ size = QUAD_SIZE;
+ name = "QUAD";
+ break;
+ case SQUAD:
+ size = QUAD_SIZE;
+ name = "SQUAD";
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
+ size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
+ minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
+
+ if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ exp_print_tree (data->exp);
+ }
+
+ print_nl ();
+
+ print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
+}
+
+/* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
+ -Ttext. */
+
+static void
+print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
+{
+ minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
+ exp_print_tree (address->address);
+ print_nl ();
+}
+
+/* Print a reloc statement. */
+
+static void
+print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
+{
+ int i;
+ bfd_vma addr;
+ bfd_size_type size;
+
+ init_opb (reloc->output_section);
+ for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
+ print_space ();
+
+ addr = reloc->output_offset;
+ if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
+ addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
+
+ size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
+
+ minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
+
+ if (reloc->name != NULL)
+ minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
+ else
+ minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
+
+ exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
+
+ print_nl ();
+
+ print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
+}
+
+static void
+print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
+{
+ int len;
+ bfd_vma addr;
+
+ init_opb (s->output_section);
+ minfo (" *fill*");
+
+ len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
+ while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ ++len;
+ }
+
+ addr = s->output_offset;
+ if (s->output_section != NULL)
+ addr += s->output_section->vma;
+ minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
+
+ if (s->fill->size != 0)
+ {
+ size_t size;
+ unsigned char *p;
+ for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
+ }
+
+ print_nl ();
+
+ print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
+}
+
+static void
+print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
+{
+ struct wildcard_list *sec;
+
+ print_space ();
+
+ if (w->exclude_name_list)
+ {
+ name_list *tmp;
+ minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
+ for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
+ minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
+ minfo (") ");
+ }
+
+ if (w->filenames_sorted)
+ minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
+ if (w->filename != NULL)
+ minfo ("%s", w->filename);
+ else
+ minfo ("*");
+ if (w->filenames_sorted)
+ minfo (")");
+
+ minfo ("(");
+ for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
+ {
+ int closing_paren = 0;
+
+ switch (sec->spec.sorted)
+ {
+ case none:
+ break;
+
+ case by_name:
+ minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
+ closing_paren = 1;
+ break;
+
+ case by_alignment:
+ minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
+ closing_paren = 1;
+ break;
+
+ case by_name_alignment:
+ minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
+ closing_paren = 2;
+ break;
+
+ case by_alignment_name:
+ minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
+ closing_paren = 2;
+ break;
+
+ case by_none:
+ minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
+ closing_paren = 1;
+ break;
+
+ case by_init_priority:
+ minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
+ closing_paren = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
+ {
+ name_list *tmp;
+ minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
+ for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
+ minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
+ minfo (") ");
+ }
+ if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
+ minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
+ else
+ minfo ("*");
+ for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
+ minfo (")");
+ if (sec->next)
+ minfo (" ");
+ }
+ minfo (")");
+
+ print_nl ();
+
+ print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
+}
+
+/* Print a group statement. */
+
+static void
+print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
+{
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
+ print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
+}
+
+/* Print the list of statements in S.
+ This can be called for any statement type. */
+
+static void
+print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
+{
+ while (s != NULL)
+ {
+ print_statement (s, os);
+ s = s->header.next;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Print the first statement in statement list S.
+ This can be called for any statement type. */
+
+static void
+print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
+{
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+ default:
+ fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
+ FAIL ();
+ break;
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
+ {
+ if (constructors_sorted)
+ minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
+ else
+ minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
+ print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
+ }
+ break;
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
+ break;
+ case lang_address_statement_enum:
+ print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+ minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
+ break;
+ case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+ print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_data_statement_enum:
+ print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+ print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_input_section_enum:
+ print_input_section (s->input_section.section, false);
+ break;
+ case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+ print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+ print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
+ break;
+ case lang_target_statement_enum:
+ fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
+ break;
+ case lang_output_statement_enum:
+ minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
+ if (output_target != NULL)
+ minfo (" %s", output_target);
+ minfo (")\n");
+ break;
+ case lang_input_statement_enum:
+ print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
+ break;
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
+ break;
+ case lang_insert_statement_enum:
+ minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
+ s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
+ s->insert_statement.where);
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+print_statements (void)
+{
+ print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
+}
+
+/* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
+ If N == 0, nothing is printed.
+ If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
+ Intended to be called from GDB. */
+
+void
+dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
+{
+ FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
+
+ config.map_file = stderr;
+
+ if (n < 0)
+ print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
+ else
+ {
+ while (s && --n >= 0)
+ {
+ print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
+ s = s->header.next;
+ }
+ }
+
+ config.map_file = map_save;
+}
+
+static void
+insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
+ fill_type *fill,
+ bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
+ asection *output_section,
+ bfd_vma dot)
+{
+ static fill_type zero_fill;
+ lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
+
+ if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
+ pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
+ ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
+ if (pad != NULL
+ && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
+ && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
+ {
+ /* Use the existing pad statement. */
+ }
+ else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
+ && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
+ && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
+ {
+ /* Use the existing pad statement. */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
+ pad = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
+ pad->header.next = *ptr;
+ *ptr = pad;
+ pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
+ pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
+ if (fill == NULL)
+ fill = &zero_fill;
+ pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
+ }
+ pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
+ pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
+ if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
+ output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
+ - output_section->vma);
+}
+
+/* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
+
+static bfd_vma
+size_input_section
+ (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
+ fill_type *fill,
+ bool *removed,
+ bfd_vma dot)
+{
+ lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
+ asection *i = is->section;
+ asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+ *removed = 0;
+
+ if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
+ {
+ /* If the input section I has already been successfully assigned
+ to an output section other than O, don't bother with it and
+ let the caller remove it from the list. Keep processing in
+ case we have already handled O, because the repeated passes
+ have reinitialized its size. */
+ if (i->already_assigned && i->already_assigned != o)
+ {
+ *removed = 1;
+ return dot;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
+ i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
+ else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
+ || output_section_statement->ignored)
+ i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
+ else
+ {
+ bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
+
+ /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
+ then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
+ is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
+ the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
+
+ if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
+ i->alignment_power
+ = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
+ "subsection alignment");
+
+ if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
+ o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
+
+ alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
+
+ if (alignment_needed != 0)
+ {
+ insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
+ dot += alignment_needed;
+ }
+
+ if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
+ {
+ /* If I would overflow O, let the caller remove I from the
+ list. */
+ if (output_section_statement->region)
+ {
+ bfd_vma end = output_section_statement->region->origin
+ + output_section_statement->region->length;
+
+ if (dot + TO_ADDR (i->size) > end)
+ {
+ if (i->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
+ einfo (_("%F%P: Output section '%s' not large enough for the "
+ "linker-created stubs section '%s'.\n"),
+ i->output_section->name, i->name);
+
+ if (i->rawsize && i->rawsize != i->size)
+ einfo (_("%F%P: Relaxation not supported with "
+ "--enable-non-contiguous-regions (section '%s' "
+ "would overflow '%s' after it changed size).\n"),
+ i->name, i->output_section->name);
+
+ *removed = 1;
+ dot = end;
+ i->output_section = NULL;
+ return dot;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
+ i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
+
+ /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
+ dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
+ if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
+ o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
+
+ if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions)
+ {
+ /* Record that I was successfully assigned to O, and update
+ its actual output section too. */
+ i->already_assigned = o;
+ i->output_section = o;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return dot;
+}
+
+struct check_sec
+{
+ asection *sec;
+ bool warned;
+};
+
+static int
+sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
+{
+ const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
+ const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
+
+ if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
+ return -1;
+ else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
+ return 1;
+ else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
+ return -1;
+ else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
+ return 1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
+{
+ const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
+ const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
+
+ if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
+ return -1;
+ else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
+ return 1;
+ else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
+ return -1;
+ else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
+ return 1;
+
+ return 0;
+}
+
+#define IS_TBSS(s) \
+ ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
+
+#define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
+ ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
+
+/* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
+ sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
+ section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
+ region has overflowed. */
+
+static void
+lang_check_section_addresses (void)
+{
+ asection *s, *p;
+ struct check_sec *sections;
+ size_t i, count;
+ bfd_vma addr_mask;
+ bfd_vma s_start;
+ bfd_vma s_end;
+ bfd_vma p_start = 0;
+ bfd_vma p_end = 0;
+ lang_memory_region_type *m;
+ bool overlays;
+
+ /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
+ addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
+ (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
+ addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
+ for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+ if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+ {
+ s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
+ if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
+ einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
+ s->name);
+ else
+ {
+ s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
+ if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
+ einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
+ s->name);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
+ return;
+
+ count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
+ sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
+
+ /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
+ count = 0;
+ for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
+ || s->size == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ sections[count].sec = s;
+ sections[count].warned = false;
+ count++;
+ }
+
+ if (count <= 1)
+ {
+ free (sections);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
+
+ /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
+ loadable sections, even with overlays. */
+ for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ s = sections[i].sec;
+ init_opb (s);
+ if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
+ {
+ s_start = s->lma;
+ s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
+
+ /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
+ we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
+ case of overlap when the current section starts before
+ the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
+ previous section wraps around the address space. */
+ if (p != NULL
+ && (s_start <= p_end
+ || p_end < p_start))
+ {
+ einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
+ " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
+ s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
+ sections[i].warned = true;
+ }
+ p = s;
+ p_start = s_start;
+ p_end = s_end;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
+ exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
+ overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
+ this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
+ that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
+ qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
+ overlays = false;
+ p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
+ for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
+ if (p_start == s_start)
+ {
+ overlays = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ p_start = s_start;
+ }
+
+ /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
+ if (!overlays)
+ {
+ for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
+ {
+ s = sections[i].sec;
+ init_opb (s);
+ s_start = s->vma;
+ s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
+
+ if (p != NULL
+ && !sections[i].warned
+ && (s_start <= p_end
+ || p_end < p_start))
+ einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
+ " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
+ s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
+ p = s;
+ p_start = s_start;
+ p_end = s_end;
+ }
+ }
+
+ free (sections);
+
+ /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
+ We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
+ explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
+ diagnostics are adequate for that case.
+
+ FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
+ might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
+ a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
+ for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
+ if (m->had_full_message)
+ {
+ unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
+ einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
+ "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
+ over),
+ m->name_list.name, over);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
+ current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
+ non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
+ calculation wraps around. */
+
+static void
+os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
+ lang_memory_region_type *region,
+ etree_type *tree,
+ bfd_vma rbase)
+{
+ if ((region->current < region->origin
+ || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
+ && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
+ || rbase == 0))
+ {
+ if (tree != NULL)
+ {
+ einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
+ " is not within region `%s'\n"),
+ region->current,
+ os->bfd_section->owner,
+ os->bfd_section->name,
+ region->name_list.name);
+ }
+ else if (!region->had_full_message)
+ {
+ region->had_full_message = true;
+
+ einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
+ os->bfd_section->owner,
+ os->bfd_section->name,
+ region->name_list.name);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
+ seg_align_type *seg)
+{
+ if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
+ {
+ if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
+ seg->relro_start_stat = s;
+ else
+ {
+ ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
+ {
+ if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
+ seg->relro_end_stat = s;
+ else
+ {
+ ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
+
+static bfd_vma
+lang_size_sections_1
+ (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
+ fill_type *fill,
+ bfd_vma dot,
+ bool *relax,
+ bool check_regions)
+{
+ lang_statement_union_type *s;
+ lang_statement_union_type *prev_s = NULL;
+ bool removed_prev_s = false;
+
+ /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
+ for (s = *prev; s != NULL; prev_s = s, s = s->header.next)
+ {
+ bool removed = false;
+
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ {
+ bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+ lang_memory_region_type *r;
+ int section_alignment = 0;
+
+ os = &s->output_section_statement;
+ init_opb (os->bfd_section);
+ if (os->constraint == -1)
+ break;
+
+ /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
+ here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
+ This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
+ if (os->addr_tree == NULL
+ && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
+ && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
+ == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
+ os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
+ if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
+ {
+ os->processed_vma = false;
+ exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
+
+ if (expld.result.valid_p)
+ {
+ dot = expld.result.value;
+ if (expld.result.section != NULL)
+ dot += expld.result.section->vma;
+ }
+ else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
+ einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
+ " address expression for section %s\n"),
+ os->addr_tree, os->name);
+ }
+
+ if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
+ /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
+ break;
+
+ /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
+ address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
+ specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
+ to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
+ if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
+ == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
+ || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
+ == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
+ && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
+ {
+ asection *input;
+
+ if (os->children.head == NULL
+ || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
+ || (os->children.head->header.type
+ != lang_input_section_enum))
+ einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
+ " section %s\n"), os->name);
+
+ input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
+ bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section,
+ bfd_section_vma (input));
+ if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
+ os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
+ break;
+ }
+
+ newdot = dot;
+ dotdelta = 0;
+ if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
+ {
+ /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
+ ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
+ {
+ /* No address specified for this section, get one
+ from the region specification. */
+ if (os->region == NULL
+ || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
+ && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
+ && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
+ DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
+ {
+ os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
+ }
+
+ /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
+ region, and some non default memory regions were
+ defined, issue an error message. */
+ if (!os->ignored
+ && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
+ && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
+ && check_regions
+ && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
+ DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
+ && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
+ && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
+ DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
+ || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
+ && lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
+ {
+ /* By default this is an error rather than just a
+ warning because if we allocate the section to the
+ default memory region we can end up creating an
+ excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
+ attempting to perform a negative seek. See
+ sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
+ for an example of this. This behaviour can be
+ overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
+ switch. */
+ if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
+ einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
+ " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
+ bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
+ else
+ einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
+ " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
+ bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
+ }
+
+ newdot = os->region->current;
+ section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
+ }
+ else
+ section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
+ "section alignment");
+
+ /* Align to what the section needs. */
+ if (section_alignment > 0)
+ {
+ bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
+ bfd_vma diff = 0;
+
+ newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
+ dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
+
+ if (lang_sizing_iteration == 1)
+ diff = dotdelta;
+ else if (lang_sizing_iteration > 1)
+ {
+ /* Only report adjustments that would change
+ alignment from what we have already reported. */
+ diff = newdot - os->bfd_section->vma;
+ if (!(diff & (((bfd_vma) 1 << section_alignment) - 1)))
+ diff = 0;
+ }
+ if (diff != 0
+ && (config.warn_section_align
+ || os->addr_tree != NULL))
+ einfo (_("%P: warning: "
+ "start of section %s changed by %ld\n"),
+ os->name, (long) diff);
+ }
+
+ bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section, newdot);
+
+ os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
+ }
+
+ lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
+ os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
+
+ os->processed_vma = true;
+
+ if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
+ /* Except for some special linker created sections,
+ no output section should change from zero size
+ after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
+ size on an ignored section indicates that some
+ input section was not sized early enough. */
+ ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
+ else
+ {
+ dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
+
+ /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
+ align at the block boundary. */
+ after = ((dot
+ + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
+ + os->block_value - 1)
+ & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
+
+ if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
+ os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
+ - os->bfd_section->vma);
+ }
+
+ /* Set section lma. */
+ r = os->region;
+ if (r == NULL)
+ r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, false);
+
+ if (os->load_base)
+ {
+ bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
+ os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
+ }
+ else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
+
+ if (os->align_lma_with_input)
+ lma += dotdelta;
+ else
+ {
+ /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
+ as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
+ from the bfd section. If a different region, then
+ only align according to the value in the output
+ statement. */
+ if (os->lma_region != os->region)
+ section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
+ "section alignment");
+ if (section_alignment > 0)
+ lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
+ }
+ os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
+ }
+ else if (r->last_os != NULL
+ && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+ {
+ bfd_vma lma;
+ asection *last;
+
+ last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
+
+ /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
+ an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
+ os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
+ create overlapping LMAs. */
+ if (dot < last->vma
+ && os->bfd_section->size != 0
+ && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
+ {
+ /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
+ vma. This is the old default lma, which might
+ just happen to work when the backwards move is
+ sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
+ so people can fix their linker scripts. */
+
+ if (last->vma != last->lma)
+ einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
+ "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
+ at the end of the previous section. */
+ if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
+ lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
+
+ /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
+ as the previous section. */
+ else
+ lma = os->bfd_section->vma + last->lma - last->vma;
+
+ if (section_alignment > 0)
+ lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
+ os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
+ }
+ }
+ os->processed_lma = true;
+
+ /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
+ lma region. We use this to set the lma for
+ following sections. Overlays or other linker
+ script assignment to lma might mean that the
+ default lma == vma is incorrect.
+ To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
+ -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
+ of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
+ Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
+ track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
+ but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
+ important, if an orphan section is placed after an
+ otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
+ set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
+ if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
+ && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
+ || (r->last_os == NULL
+ && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
+ || (r->last_os != NULL
+ && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
+ .bfd_section->vma))))
+ || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
+ && os->lma_region == NULL
+ && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
+ r->last_os = s;
+
+ if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
+ break;
+
+ /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
+ if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
+ || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
+ dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
+ else
+ dotdelta = 0;
+ dot += dotdelta;
+
+ if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
+ exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
+
+ /* Update dot in the region ?
+ We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
+ since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
+ overall size in memory. */
+ if (os->region != NULL
+ && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
+ {
+ os->region->current = dot;
+
+ if (check_regions)
+ /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
+ os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
+ os->bfd_section->vma);
+
+ if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
+ && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
+ || os->align_lma_with_input))
+ {
+ os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
+
+ if (check_regions)
+ os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
+ os->bfd_section->lma);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
+ output_section_statement,
+ fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
+ break;
+
+ case lang_data_statement_enum:
+ {
+ unsigned int size = 0;
+
+ s->data_statement.output_offset =
+ dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+ s->data_statement.output_section =
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+
+ /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
+ need to mark them as needed. */
+ exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
+
+ switch (s->data_statement.type)
+ {
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ case QUAD:
+ case SQUAD:
+ size = QUAD_SIZE;
+ break;
+ case LONG:
+ size = LONG_SIZE;
+ break;
+ case SHORT:
+ size = SHORT_SIZE;
+ break;
+ case BYTE:
+ size = BYTE_SIZE;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
+ size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
+ dot += TO_ADDR (size);
+ if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
+ & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
+ = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
+
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+ {
+ int size;
+
+ s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
+ dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+ s->reloc_statement.output_section =
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+ size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
+ dot += TO_ADDR (size);
+ if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
+ & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
+ = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
+ output_section_statement,
+ fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
+ break;
+
+ case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+ link_info.create_object_symbols_section
+ = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
+ break;
+
+ case lang_output_statement_enum:
+ case lang_target_statement_enum:
+ break;
+
+ case lang_input_section_enum:
+ {
+ asection *i;
+
+ i = s->input_section.section;
+ if (relax)
+ {
+ bool again;
+
+ if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
+ einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
+ if (again)
+ *relax = true;
+ }
+ dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
+ fill, &removed, dot);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_input_statement_enum:
+ break;
+
+ case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+ s->fill_statement.output_section =
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section;
+
+ fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
+ break;
+
+ case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+ {
+ bfd_vma newdot = dot;
+ etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
+
+ expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
+
+ exp_fold_tree (tree,
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section,
+ &newdot);
+
+ ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
+
+ expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
+
+ /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
+ if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
+ || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
+ && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
+ || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
+ output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
+
+ if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
+ {
+ if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
+ {
+ /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
+ the default memory address. */
+ lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
+ false)->current = newdot;
+ }
+ else if (newdot != dot)
+ {
+ /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
+ put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
+ assignment references dot. */
+ insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
+
+ /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
+ s = s->header.next;
+
+ /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
+ should have space allocated to it, unless the
+ user has explicitly stated that the section
+ should not be allocated. */
+ if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
+ && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
+ || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
+ == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
+ output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
+ }
+ dot = newdot;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+ /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
+ we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
+ second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
+ padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
+ will be added back in. */
+ s->padding_statement.size = 0;
+
+ /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
+ the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
+ have output_offset larger than the final size of the
+ section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
+ a pad size of zero. */
+ s->padding_statement.output_offset
+ = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
+ break;
+
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
+ output_section_statement,
+ fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
+ break;
+
+ case lang_insert_statement_enum:
+ break;
+
+ /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
+ case lang_address_statement_enum:
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ FAIL ();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ /* If an input section doesn't fit in the current output
+ section, remove it from the list. Handle the case where we
+ have to remove an input_section statement here: there is a
+ special case to remove the first element of the list. */
+ if (link_info.non_contiguous_regions && removed)
+ {
+ /* If we removed the first element during the previous
+ iteration, override the loop assignment of prev_s. */
+ if (removed_prev_s)
+ prev_s = NULL;
+
+ if (prev_s)
+ {
+ /* If there was a real previous input section, just skip
+ the current one. */
+ prev_s->header.next=s->header.next;
+ s = prev_s;
+ removed_prev_s = false;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Remove the first input section of the list. */
+ *prev = s->header.next;
+ removed_prev_s = true;
+ }
+
+ /* Move to next element, unless we removed the head of the
+ list. */
+ if (!removed_prev_s)
+ prev = &s->header.next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ prev = &s->header.next;
+ removed_prev_s = false;
+ }
+ }
+ return dot;
+}
+
+/* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
+ The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
+ CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
+ segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
+
+bool
+ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ asection *current_section,
+ asection *previous_section,
+ bool new_segment)
+{
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
+
+ /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
+ that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
+ if (new_segment)
+ return true;
+
+ /* Paranoia checks. */
+ if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
+ return new_segment;
+
+ /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
+ sections comingled in the same segment. */
+ if (config.separate_code
+ && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
+ return true;
+
+ /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
+ We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
+ of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
+ we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
+ cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
+ prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
+
+ /* More paranoia. */
+ if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
+ return new_segment;
+
+ /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
+ different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
+ URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
+ http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
+ return cur->region != prev->region;
+}
+
+void
+one_lang_size_sections_pass (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
+{
+ lang_statement_iteration++;
+ if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
+ lang_sizing_iteration++;
+ lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
+ 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
+}
+
+static bool
+lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
+{
+ /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
+ a page could be saved in the data segment. */
+ bfd_vma first, last;
+
+ first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
+ last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
+ if (first && last
+ && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
+ != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
+ && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
+ {
+ seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
+ return false;
+}
+
+static bfd_vma
+lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
+{
+ bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
+ asection *sec;
+
+ /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
+ relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
+ & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
+
+ /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
+ desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
+
+ /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
+ for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
+ if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
+ && sec->vma >= seg->base
+ && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
+ {
+ /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
+ desired? */
+ bfd_vma start, end, bump;
+
+ end = start = sec->vma;
+ if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
+ end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
+ bump = desired_end - end;
+ /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
+ alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
+ start += bump;
+ start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
+ /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
+ desired_end = start;
+ }
+
+ seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
+ ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
+ seg->base = desired_end;
+ return relro_end;
+}
+
+static bool
+lang_size_relro_segment (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
+{
+ bool do_reset = false;
+
+ if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
+ {
+ bfd_vma data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
+ bfd_vma data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
+
+ lang_reset_memory_regions ();
+ one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
+
+ /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
+ script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
+ if (expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
+ {
+ expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
+ do_reset = true;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
+ do_reset = true;
+
+ return do_reset;
+}
+
+void
+lang_size_sections (bool *relax, bool check_regions)
+{
+ expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
+ expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
+
+ one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
+
+ if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
+ expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
+
+ if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
+ {
+ bool do_reset
+ = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
+
+ if (do_reset)
+ {
+ lang_reset_memory_regions ();
+ one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
+ }
+
+ if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
+ {
+ link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
+ link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
+static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
+static bool prefer_next_section;
+
+/* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
+
+static bfd_vma
+lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
+ fill_type *fill,
+ bfd_vma dot,
+ bool *found_end)
+{
+ for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
+ {
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
+ current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
+ break;
+
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+ bfd_vma newdot;
+
+ os = &(s->output_section_statement);
+ os->after_end = *found_end;
+ init_opb (os->bfd_section);
+ newdot = dot;
+ if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
+ {
+ if (!os->ignored && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+ {
+ current_section = os;
+ prefer_next_section = false;
+ }
+ newdot = os->bfd_section->vma;
+ }
+ newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
+ os, os->fill, newdot, found_end);
+ if (!os->ignored)
+ {
+ if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
+ {
+ newdot = os->bfd_section->vma;
+
+ /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
+ if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
+ || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
+ newdot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
+
+ if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
+ exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
+ bfd_abs_section_ptr, &newdot);
+ }
+ dot = newdot;
+ }
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+
+ dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
+ current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
+ break;
+
+ case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
+ case lang_output_statement_enum:
+ case lang_target_statement_enum:
+ break;
+
+ case lang_data_statement_enum:
+ exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
+ if (expld.result.valid_p)
+ {
+ s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
+ if (expld.result.section != NULL)
+ s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
+ }
+ else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
+ einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
+ {
+ unsigned int size;
+ switch (s->data_statement.type)
+ {
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ case QUAD:
+ case SQUAD:
+ size = QUAD_SIZE;
+ break;
+ case LONG:
+ size = LONG_SIZE;
+ break;
+ case SHORT:
+ size = SHORT_SIZE;
+ break;
+ case BYTE:
+ size = BYTE_SIZE;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
+ size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
+ dot += TO_ADDR (size);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
+ exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
+ bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
+ if (expld.result.valid_p)
+ s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
+ else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
+ einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
+ dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
+ break;
+
+ case lang_input_section_enum:
+ {
+ asection *in = s->input_section.section;
+
+ if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
+ dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case lang_input_statement_enum:
+ break;
+
+ case lang_fill_statement_enum:
+ fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
+ break;
+
+ case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
+ current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
+ if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
+ {
+ const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
+
+ if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
+ prefer_next_section = true;
+
+ while (*p == '_')
+ ++p;
+ if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
+ *found_end = true;
+ }
+ exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
+ (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
+ ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
+ &dot);
+ break;
+
+ case lang_padding_statement_enum:
+ dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
+ break;
+
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
+ current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
+ break;
+
+ case lang_insert_statement_enum:
+ break;
+
+ case lang_address_statement_enum:
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ FAIL ();
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return dot;
+}
+
+void
+lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
+{
+ bool found_end = false;
+
+ current_section = NULL;
+ prefer_next_section = false;
+ expld.phase = phase;
+ lang_statement_iteration++;
+ lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
+ abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
+}
+
+/* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
+ choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
+ of "dot". */
+
+asection *
+section_for_dot (void)
+{
+ asection *s;
+
+ /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
+ has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
+ assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
+ is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
+ next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
+ we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
+ for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
+ weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
+ if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
+ {
+ lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
+ stmt != NULL;
+ stmt = stmt->header.next)
+ if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
+ break;
+
+ os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
+ while (os != NULL
+ && !os->after_end
+ && (os->bfd_section == NULL
+ || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
+ || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
+ os->bfd_section)))
+ os = os->next;
+
+ if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
+ {
+ if (os != NULL)
+ s = os->bfd_section;
+ else
+ s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
+ while (s != NULL
+ && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
+ || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
+ s = s->prev;
+ if (s != NULL)
+ return s;
+
+ return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+ }
+ }
+
+ s = current_section->bfd_section;
+
+ /* The section may have been stripped. */
+ while (s != NULL
+ && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
+ || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
+ || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
+ || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
+ s = s->prev;
+ if (s == NULL)
+ s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
+ while (s != NULL
+ && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
+ || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
+ s = s->next;
+ if (s != NULL)
+ return s;
+
+ return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+}
+
+/* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
+
+static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
+static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
+static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
+
+/* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
+ to start_stop_syms. */
+
+static void
+lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
+{
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
+ if (h != NULL)
+ {
+ if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
+ {
+ start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
+ start_stop_syms
+ = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
+ start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
+ }
+ start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Check for input sections whose names match references to
+ __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
+ preliminary definitions. */
+
+static void
+lang_init_start_stop (void)
+{
+ bfd *abfd;
+ asection *s;
+ char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
+
+ for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
+ for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ const char *ps;
+ const char *secname = s->name;
+
+ for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
+ if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
+ break;
+ if (*ps == '\0')
+ {
+ char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
+
+ symbol[0] = leading_char;
+ sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
+ lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
+
+ symbol[1] = leading_char;
+ memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
+ lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
+
+ free (symbol);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
+
+static void
+foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
+{
+ size_t i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
+ func (start_stop_syms[i]);
+}
+
+/* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
+ linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
+ map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
+ defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
+ sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
+
+static void
+undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
+{
+ if (h->ldscript_def)
+ return;
+
+ if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
+ || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
+ || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
+ h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
+ {
+ asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
+ h->u.def.section->name);
+ if (sec != NULL)
+ {
+ /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
+ section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
+ __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
+ input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
+ if there is still an output section with section name
+ SECNAME. */
+ asection *i;
+ for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
+ if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
+ {
+ h->u.def.section = i;
+ return;
+ }
+ }
+ h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
+ h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
+ if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
+ {
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *eh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ unsigned int was_forced = eh->forced_local;
+
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (link_info.output_bfd);
+ (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (&link_info, eh, true);
+ if (!eh->ref_regular_nonweak)
+ h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefweak;
+ eh->def_regular = 0;
+ eh->forced_local = was_forced;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+lang_undef_start_stop (void)
+{
+ foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
+}
+
+/* Check for output sections whose names match references to
+ .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
+ preliminary definitions. */
+
+static void
+lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
+{
+ asection *s;
+
+ for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ const char *secname = s->name;
+ char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
+
+ sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
+ lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
+
+ memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
+ lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
+ free (symbol);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
+
+static void
+set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
+{
+ if (h->ldscript_def
+ || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
+ return;
+
+ if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
+ {
+ /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
+ .startof. already has final value. */
+ if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
+ {
+ /* .sizeof. */
+ h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
+ h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* __start or __stop symbol. */
+ int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
+
+ h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
+ if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
+ {
+ /* __stop_ */
+ h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
+{
+ foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
+}
+
+static void
+lang_symbol_tweaks (void)
+{
+ /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
+ gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
+ be done before lang_do_assignments. */
+ if (config.build_constructors)
+ lang_init_start_stop ();
+
+ /* Make __ehdr_start hidden, and set def_regular even though it is
+ likely undefined at this stage. For lang_check_relocs. */
+ if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash)
+ && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
+ {
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *)
+ bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, "__ehdr_start",
+ false, false, true);
+
+ /* Only adjust the export class if the symbol was referenced
+ and not defined, otherwise leave it alone. */
+ if (h != NULL
+ && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
+ || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
+ || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
+ || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
+ {
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (link_info.output_bfd);
+ (*bed->elf_backend_hide_symbol) (&link_info, h, true);
+ if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_INTERNAL)
+ h->other = (h->other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN;
+ h->def_regular = 1;
+ h->root.linker_def = 1;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+lang_end (void)
+{
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
+ bool warn;
+
+ if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
+ || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
+ warn = entry_from_cmdline;
+ else
+ warn = true;
+
+ /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
+ --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
+ if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
+ && link_info.gc_sections
+ && !link_info.gc_keep_exported)
+ {
+ struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
+
+ for (sym = link_info.gc_sym_list; sym != NULL; sym = sym->next)
+ {
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, sym->name,
+ false, false, false);
+ if (h != NULL
+ && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ && !bfd_is_const_section (h->u.def.section))
+ break;
+ }
+ if (!sym)
+ einfo (_("%F%P: --gc-sections requires a defined symbol root "
+ "specified by -e or -u\n"));
+ }
+
+ if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
+ {
+ /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
+ don't warn if we don't find it. */
+ entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
+ warn = false;
+ }
+
+ h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
+ false, false, true);
+ if (h != NULL
+ && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
+ {
+ bfd_vma val;
+
+ val = (h->u.def.value
+ + bfd_section_vma (h->u.def.section->output_section)
+ + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
+ if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
+ einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bfd_vma val;
+ const char *send;
+
+ /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
+ number. */
+ val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
+ if (*send == '\0')
+ {
+ if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
+ einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
+ }
+ /* BZ 2004952: Only use the start of the entry section for executables. */
+ else if bfd_link_executable (&link_info)
+ {
+ asection *ts;
+
+ /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
+ the first address in the text section. */
+ ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
+ if (ts != NULL)
+ {
+ if (warn)
+ einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
+ " defaulting to %V\n"),
+ entry_symbol.name,
+ bfd_section_vma (ts));
+ if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd,
+ bfd_section_vma (ts)))
+ einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (warn)
+ einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
+ " not setting start address\n"),
+ entry_symbol.name);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (warn)
+ einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
+ " not setting start address\n"),
+ entry_symbol.name);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
+ BFD. */
+
+static void
+ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+ /* Don't do anything. */
+}
+
+/* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
+ with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
+ other checking that is needed. */
+
+static void
+lang_check (void)
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *file;
+ bfd *input_bfd;
+ const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
+
+ for (file = (void *) file_chain.head;
+ file != NULL;
+ file = file->next)
+ {
+#if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
+ /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
+ if (file->flags.claimed)
+ continue;
+#endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
+ input_bfd = file->the_bfd;
+ compatible
+ = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
+ command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
+
+ /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
+ link between differing object formats when the input
+ file has relocations, because the relocations in the
+ input format may not have equivalent representations in
+ the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
+ relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
+ if (!file->flags.just_syms
+ && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
+ || link_info.emitrelocations)
+ && (compatible == NULL
+ || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
+ != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
+ && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
+ {
+ einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
+ " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
+ bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
+ bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
+ /* einfo with %F exits. */
+ }
+
+ if (compatible == NULL)
+ {
+ if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
+ einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
+ " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
+ bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
+ bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
+ }
+
+ /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
+ private data of the output bfd. */
+ else if (!file->flags.just_syms
+ && ((input_bfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
+ || bfd_count_sections (input_bfd) != 0))
+ {
+ bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
+
+ /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
+ files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
+ function which will do nothing. We still want to call
+ bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
+ information which is needed in the output file. */
+ if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
+ pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
+ if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
+ {
+ if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
+ einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
+ " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
+ }
+ if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
+ bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
+ correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
+ to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
+
+static void
+lang_common (void)
+{
+ if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
+ return;
+ if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
+ && !command_line.force_common_definition)
+ return;
+
+ if (!config.sort_common)
+ bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned int power;
+
+ if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
+ {
+ for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
+ bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
+
+ power = 0;
+ bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
+ bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
+
+ power = (unsigned int) -1;
+ bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
+
+static bool
+lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
+{
+ unsigned int power_of_two;
+ bfd_vma size;
+ asection *section;
+
+ if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
+ return true;
+
+ size = h->u.c.size;
+ power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
+
+ if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
+ && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
+ return true;
+ else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
+ && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
+ return true;
+
+ section = h->u.c.p->section;
+ if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
+ einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
+ h->root.string);
+
+ if (config.map_file != NULL)
+ {
+ static bool header_printed;
+ int len;
+ char *name;
+ char buf[50];
+
+ if (!header_printed)
+ {
+ minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
+ minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
+ header_printed = true;
+ }
+
+ name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
+ DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
+ if (name == NULL)
+ {
+ minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
+ len = strlen (h->root.string);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ minfo ("%s", name);
+ len = strlen (name);
+ free (name);
+ }
+
+ if (len >= 19)
+ {
+ print_nl ();
+ len = 0;
+ }
+ while (len < 20)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ ++len;
+ }
+
+ minfo ("0x");
+ if (size <= 0xffffffff)
+ sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
+ else
+ sprintf_vma (buf, size);
+ minfo ("%s", buf);
+ len = strlen (buf);
+
+ while (len < 16)
+ {
+ print_space ();
+ ++len;
+ }
+
+ minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
+ }
+
+ return true;
+}
+
+/* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
+ output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
+ option are handled here. */
+
+static void
+ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
+{
+ if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+ os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0, 1);
+ if (os->addr_tree == NULL
+ && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
+ || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
+ os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
+ lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, NULL, os);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+ const char *name = s->name;
+ int constraint = 0;
+
+ if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
+ einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
+ s, s->owner);
+
+ if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
+ constraint = SPECIAL;
+
+ os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
+ if (os == NULL)
+ {
+ os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, 1);
+ if (os->addr_tree == NULL
+ && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
+ || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
+ os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
+ lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, NULL, os);
+ }
+
+ if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
+ einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
+ "placed in section `%s'\n"),
+ s, s->owner, os->name);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
+ somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
+ an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
+
+static void
+lang_place_orphans (void)
+{
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
+ {
+ asection *s;
+
+ for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
+ {
+ if (s->output_section == NULL)
+ {
+ /* This section of the file is not attached, root
+ around for a sensible place for it to go. */
+
+ if (file->flags.just_syms)
+ bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
+ else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
+ s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+ else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
+ {
+ /* This is a lonely common section which must have
+ come from an archive. We attach to the section
+ with the wildcard. */
+ if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
+ || command_line.force_common_definition)
+ {
+ if (default_common_section == NULL)
+ default_common_section
+ = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0, 1);
+ lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
+ NULL, NULL, default_common_section);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ ldlang_place_orphan (s);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
+{
+ flagword *ptr_flags;
+
+ ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
+
+ while (*flags)
+ {
+ switch (*flags)
+ {
+ /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
+ the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
+ case '!':
+ invert = !invert;
+ ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
+ break;
+
+ case 'A': case 'a':
+ *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
+ break;
+
+ case 'R': case 'r':
+ *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
+ break;
+
+ case 'W': case 'w':
+ *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
+ break;
+
+ case 'X': case 'x':
+ *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
+ break;
+
+ case 'L': case 'l':
+ case 'I': case 'i':
+ *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
+ *flags, *flags);
+ break;
+ }
+ flags++;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Call a function on each real input file. This function will be
+ called on an archive, but not on the elements. */
+
+void
+lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *f;
+
+ for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
+ f != NULL;
+ f = f->next_real_file)
+ if (f->flags.real)
+ func (f);
+}
+
+/* Call a function on each real file. The function will be called on
+ all the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but
+ will not be called on the archive file itself. */
+
+void
+lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
+{
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
+ {
+ if (f->flags.real)
+ func (f);
+ }
+}
+
+void
+ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
+{
+ lang_statement_append (&file_chain, entry, &entry->next);
+
+ /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
+ a link. */
+ ASSERT (link_info.input_bfds_tail != &entry->the_bfd->link.next
+ && entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
+ ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
+
+ *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
+ link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
+ bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
+ bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
+
+ /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
+ included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
+ notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
+ definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
+ going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
+ symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
+ discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
+ each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
+ this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
+
+ bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
+{
+ /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
+ if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
+ {
+ output_filename = name;
+ had_output_filename = true;
+ }
+}
+
+lang_output_section_statement_type *
+lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
+ etree_type *address_exp,
+ enum section_type sectype,
+ etree_type *align,
+ etree_type *subalign,
+ etree_type *ebase,
+ int constraint,
+ int align_with_input)
+{
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
+ constraint, 2);
+ current_section = os;
+
+ if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
+ {
+ os->addr_tree = address_exp;
+ }
+ os->sectype = sectype;
+ if (sectype != noload_section)
+ os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
+ else
+ os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
+ os->block_value = 1;
+
+ /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
+ push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
+
+ os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
+ if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
+ einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
+ NULL);
+
+ os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
+ os->section_alignment = align;
+
+ os->load_base = ebase;
+ return os;
+}
+
+void
+lang_final (void)
+{
+ lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
+
+ new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
+ new_stmt->name = output_filename;
+}
+
+/* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
+
+void
+lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
+{
+ lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
+ asection *o;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
+ {
+ p->current = p->origin;
+ p->last_os = NULL;
+ }
+
+ for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
+ os != NULL;
+ os = os->next)
+ {
+ os->processed_vma = false;
+ os->processed_lma = false;
+ }
+
+ for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
+ {
+ /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
+ o->rawsize = o->size;
+ if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
+ o->size = 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
+
+static void
+gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
+ struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ asection *section,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+ /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
+ should be as well. */
+ if (ptr->keep_sections)
+ section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
+}
+
+/* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
+
+static void
+lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
+{
+ for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
+ {
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
+ break;
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
+ break;
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
+ break;
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+lang_gc_sections (void)
+{
+ /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
+ lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
+
+ /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
+ the special case of .stabstr debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
+ Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
+ if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
+ {
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
+ {
+ asection *sec;
+#if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
+ if (f->flags.claimed)
+ continue;
+#endif
+ for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
+ if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0
+ || strcmp (sec->name, ".stabstr") != 0)
+ sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (link_info.gc_sections)
+ bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
+}
+
+/* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
+
+static void
+find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ asection *section,
+ lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ void *data)
+{
+ /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
+ size. */
+ if (section->output_section != NULL
+ && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
+ && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
+ && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
+ && section->size != 0)
+ {
+ bool *has_relro_section = (bool *) data;
+ *has_relro_section = true;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
+
+static void
+lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
+ seg_align_type *seg,
+ bool *has_relro_section)
+{
+ if (*has_relro_section)
+ return;
+
+ for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
+ {
+ if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
+ break;
+
+ switch (s->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
+ find_relro_section_callback,
+ has_relro_section);
+ break;
+ case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
+ lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
+ seg, has_relro_section);
+ break;
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
+ seg, has_relro_section);
+ break;
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
+ seg, has_relro_section);
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+static void
+lang_find_relro_sections (void)
+{
+ bool has_relro_section = false;
+
+ /* Check all sections in the link script. */
+
+ lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
+ &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
+
+ if (!has_relro_section)
+ link_info.relro = false;
+}
+
+/* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
+
+void
+lang_relax_sections (bool need_layout)
+{
+ /* NB: Also enable relaxation to layout sections for DT_RELR. */
+ if (RELAXATION_ENABLED || link_info.enable_dt_relr)
+ {
+ /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
+ int i = link_info.relax_pass;
+
+ /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
+ link_info.relax_pass = 0;
+
+ while (i--)
+ {
+ /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
+ bool relax_again;
+
+ link_info.relax_trip = -1;
+ do
+ {
+ link_info.relax_trip++;
+
+ /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
+ you need to change this code, you probably need to change
+ pe-dll.c also. DJ */
+
+ /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
+ section sizes. */
+ lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
+
+ /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
+ size. */
+ lang_reset_memory_regions ();
+
+ /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
+ globals are, so can make a better guess. */
+ relax_again = false;
+ lang_size_sections (&relax_again, false);
+ }
+ while (relax_again);
+
+ link_info.relax_pass++;
+ }
+ need_layout = true;
+ }
+
+ if (need_layout)
+ {
+ /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
+ lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
+ lang_reset_memory_regions ();
+ lang_size_sections (NULL, true);
+ }
+}
+
+#if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
+/* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
+ place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
+ first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
+ object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
+ no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
+ object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
+ the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
+ is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
+ input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
+ inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
+
+static lang_input_statement_type *
+find_replacements_insert_point (bool *before)
+{
+ lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
+ lastobject = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
+ for (claim1 = (void *) file_chain.head;
+ claim1 != NULL;
+ claim1 = claim1->next)
+ {
+ if (claim1->flags.claimed)
+ {
+ *before = claim1->flags.claim_archive;
+ return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
+ }
+ /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
+ if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
+ lastobject = claim1;
+ }
+ /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
+ file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
+ insert point. */
+ *before = false;
+ return lastobject;
+}
+
+/* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
+ added during a rescan. */
+
+static lang_input_statement_type **
+find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
+{
+ bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
+ lang_input_statement_type *f;
+ lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
+ lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
+ lang_input_statement_type **iter = NULL;
+
+ if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
+ add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
+
+ /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
+ before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
+ appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
+ lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
+ file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
+ appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
+ then their input_statement->next points at it. */
+ for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
+ f != NULL;
+ f = f->next_real_file)
+ {
+ if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
+ {
+ before = last_loaded;
+ if (f->next != NULL)
+ return &f->next->next;
+ }
+ if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
+ last_loaded = f;
+ }
+
+ for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
+ *iter != NULL;
+ iter = &(*iter)->next)
+ if (!(*iter)->flags.claim_archive
+ && (*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
+ break;
+
+ return iter;
+}
+
+/* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
+ on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
+ a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
+
+static void
+lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
+ lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
+ lang_statement_union_type **field)
+{
+ *(srclist->tail) = *field;
+ *field = srclist->head;
+ if (destlist->tail == field)
+ destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
+}
+
+/* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
+ was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
+
+static void
+lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
+ lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
+{
+ union lang_statement_union **savetail;
+ /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
+ ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
+ savetail = origlist->tail;
+ origlist->head = *(savetail);
+ origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
+ destlist->tail = savetail;
+ *savetail = NULL;
+}
+
+static lang_statement_union_type **
+find_next_input_statement (lang_statement_union_type **s)
+{
+ for ( ; *s; s = &(*s)->header.next)
+ {
+ lang_statement_union_type **t;
+ switch ((*s)->header.type)
+ {
+ case lang_input_statement_enum:
+ return s;
+ case lang_wild_statement_enum:
+ t = &(*s)->wild_statement.children.head;
+ break;
+ case lang_group_statement_enum:
+ t = &(*s)->group_statement.children.head;
+ break;
+ case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
+ t = &(*s)->output_section_statement.children.head;
+ break;
+ default:
+ continue;
+ }
+ t = find_next_input_statement (t);
+ if (*t)
+ return t;
+ }
+ return s;
+}
+#endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
+
+/* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
+
+void
+lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
+{
+ struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
+
+ if (name == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ sym = stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
+
+ sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
+ sym->name = name;
+ link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
+}
+
+/* Check relocations. */
+
+static void
+lang_check_relocs (void)
+{
+ if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
+ {
+ bfd *abfd;
+
+ for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
+ abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
+ if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
+ {
+ /* No object output, fail return. */
+ config.make_executable = false;
+ /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
+ continue the scan in case there are other
+ bad relocations to report. */
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+/* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
+ propagate forward the lma region. */
+
+static void
+lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
+{
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
+ os != NULL;
+ os = os->next)
+ {
+ if (os->prev != NULL
+ && os->lma_region == NULL
+ && os->load_base == NULL
+ && os->addr_tree == NULL
+ && os->region == os->prev->region)
+ os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+lang_process (void)
+{
+ /* Finalize dynamic list. */
+ if (link_info.dynamic_list)
+ lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
+
+ current_target = default_target;
+
+ /* Open the output file. */
+ lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
+ init_opb (NULL);
+
+ ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
+
+ /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
+ lang_place_undefineds ();
+
+ if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
+ einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
+
+ /* A first pass through the memory regions ensures that if any region
+ references a symbol for its origin or length then this symbol will be
+ added to the symbol table. Having these symbols in the symbol table
+ means that when we call open_input_bfds PROVIDE statements will
+ trigger to provide any needed symbols. The regions origins and
+ lengths are not assigned as a result of this call. */
+ lang_do_memory_regions (false);
+
+ /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
+ current_target = default_target;
+ lang_statement_iteration++;
+ open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
+
+ /* Now that open_input_bfds has processed assignments and provide
+ statements we can give values to symbolic origin/length now. */
+ lang_do_memory_regions (true);
+
+#if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
+ if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
+ {
+ lang_statement_list_type added;
+ lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
+
+ /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
+ are any more to be added to the link before we call the
+ emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
+ input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
+ insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
+ file. */
+ added = *stat_ptr;
+ /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
+ files = file_chain;
+ inputfiles = input_file_chain;
+ if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
+ einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
+ plugin_error_plugin ());
+ link_info.lto_all_symbols_read = true;
+ /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
+ plugin_undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
+ open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
+ if (plugin_undefs == link_info.hash->undefs_tail)
+ plugin_undefs = NULL;
+ /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
+ lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
+ /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
+ lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
+ lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
+ /* Were any new files added? */
+ if (added.head != NULL)
+ {
+ /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
+ after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin,
+ unless that file was an archive in which case it is inserted
+ immediately before. */
+ bool before;
+ lang_statement_union_type **prev;
+ plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (&before);
+ /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
+ don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
+ them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
+ outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
+ ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
+ /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
+ prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
+ if (before)
+ {
+ prev = find_next_input_statement (prev);
+ if (*prev != (void *) plugin_insert->next_real_file)
+ {
+ /* We didn't find the expected input statement.
+ Fall back to adding after plugin_insert. */
+ prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
+ }
+ }
+ lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, prev);
+ /* Likewise for the file chains. */
+ lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
+ (void *) &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
+ /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
+ insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
+ point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
+ if (plugin_insert->filename)
+ lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files,
+ (void *) &plugin_insert->next);
+ else
+ lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
+
+ /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
+ files = file_chain;
+ lang_statement_iteration++;
+ open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
+ lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
+ while (files.head != NULL)
+ {
+ lang_input_statement_type **insert;
+ lang_input_statement_type **iter, *temp;
+ bfd *my_arch;
+
+ insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
+ /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
+ iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
+ my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
+ if (my_arch != NULL)
+ for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->next)
+ if ((*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
+ break;
+ temp = *insert;
+ *insert = &files.head->input_statement;
+ files.head = (lang_statement_union_type *) *iter;
+ *iter = temp;
+ if (my_arch != NULL)
+ {
+ lang_input_statement_type *parent = bfd_usrdata (my_arch);
+ if (parent != NULL)
+ parent->next = (lang_input_statement_type *)
+ ((char *) iter
+ - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+#endif /* BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS */
+
+ /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
+ before now. */
+ ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
+
+ link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
+
+ if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
+ {
+ link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
+
+ /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
+ linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
+ these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
+ provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
+ Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
+ is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
+ case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
+ points for garbage collection resolution. */
+ lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
+ }
+
+ lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
+ lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
+
+ ldemul_after_open ();
+ if (config.map_file != NULL)
+ lang_print_asneeded ();
+
+ ldlang_open_ctf ();
+
+ bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
+
+ /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
+ after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
+ other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
+ does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
+ link. */
+ lang_check ();
+
+ /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
+ if (command_line.version_exports_section)
+ lang_do_version_exports_section ();
+
+ /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
+ files. */
+ ldctor_build_sets ();
+
+ lang_symbol_tweaks ();
+
+ /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
+ collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
+ lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
+ expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
+
+ /* Size up the common data. */
+ lang_common ();
+
+ /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
+ lang_gc_sections ();
+
+ lang_mark_undefineds ();
+
+ /* Check relocations. */
+ lang_check_relocs ();
+
+ ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
+
+ /* Update wild statements. */
+ update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
+
+ /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
+ to the correct output sections. */
+ lang_statement_iteration++;
+ map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
+
+ /* Start at the statement immediately after the special abs_section
+ output statement, so that it isn't reordered. */
+ process_insert_statements (&lang_os_list.head->header.next);
+
+ ldemul_before_place_orphans ();
+
+ /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
+ lang_place_orphans ();
+
+ if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
+ {
+ asection *found;
+
+ /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
+ sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
+ assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
+ is hard then. */
+ bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
+
+ /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
+ found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
+
+ if (found != NULL)
+ {
+ if (config.text_read_only)
+ found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
+ else
+ found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
+ function and data object sections need adjustment. */
+ lang_merge_ctf ();
+
+ /* Emit the CTF, iff the emulation doesn't need to do late emission after
+ examining things laid out late, like the strtab. */
+ lang_write_ctf (0);
+
+ /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
+ lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
+
+ /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
+ around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
+ defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
+ if (config.build_constructors)
+ lang_undef_start_stop ();
+
+ /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
+ dynamic symbols are created. */
+ if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
+ lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
+
+ /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
+ and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
+ ldemul_before_allocation ();
+
+ /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
+ section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
+ lang_record_phdrs ();
+
+ /* Check relro sections. */
+ if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
+ lang_find_relro_sections ();
+
+ /* Size up the sections. */
+ lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
+
+ /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
+ everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
+ ldemul_after_allocation ();
+
+ /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
+ lang_finalize_start_stop ();
+
+ /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
+ statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
+ open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
+ Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
+ also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
+ lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
+
+ ldemul_finish ();
+
+ /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
+ ldexp_finalize_syms ();
+
+ /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
+ if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
+ lang_check_section_addresses ();
+
+ /* Check any required symbols are known. */
+ ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
+
+ lang_end ();
+}
+
+/* EXPORTED TO YACC */
+
+void
+lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
+ struct wildcard_list *section_list,
+ bool keep_sections)
+{
+ struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
+ lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
+
+ /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
+ for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
+ curr != NULL;
+ section_list = curr, curr = next)
+ {
+ next = curr->next;
+ curr->next = section_list;
+ }
+
+ if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
+ filespec->name = NULL;
+ else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
+ lang_has_input_file = true;
+ }
+
+ new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
+ new_stmt->filename = NULL;
+ new_stmt->filenames_sorted = false;
+ new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
+ new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
+ if (filespec != NULL)
+ {
+ new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
+ new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
+ new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
+ new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
+ }
+ new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
+ new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
+ lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
+ analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
+}
+
+void
+lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
+ const segment_type *segment)
+{
+ lang_address_statement_type *ad;
+
+ ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
+ ad->section_name = name;
+ ad->address = address;
+ ad->segment = segment;
+}
+
+/* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
+ because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
+ called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
+ precedence. */
+
+void
+lang_add_entry (const char *name, bool cmdline)
+{
+ if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
+ || cmdline
+ || !entry_from_cmdline)
+ {
+ entry_symbol.name = name;
+ entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
+ not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
+ linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
+ must be permanently allocated. */
+void
+lang_default_entry (const char *name)
+{
+ entry_symbol_default = name;
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_target (const char *name)
+{
+ lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
+
+ new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
+ new_stmt->target = name;
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_map (const char *name)
+{
+ while (*name)
+ {
+ switch (*name)
+ {
+ case 'F':
+ map_option_f = true;
+ break;
+ }
+ name++;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
+{
+ lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
+
+ new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
+ new_stmt->fill = fill;
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
+{
+ lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
+
+ new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
+ new_stmt->exp = exp;
+ new_stmt->type = type;
+}
+
+/* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
+ generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
+ look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
+ section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
+ symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
+ NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
+
+void
+lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
+ reloc_howto_type *howto,
+ asection *section,
+ const char *name,
+ union etree_union *addend)
+{
+ lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
+
+ p->reloc = reloc;
+ p->howto = howto;
+ p->section = section;
+ p->name = name;
+ p->addend_exp = addend;
+
+ p->addend_value = 0;
+ p->output_section = NULL;
+ p->output_offset = 0;
+}
+
+lang_assignment_statement_type *
+lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
+{
+ lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
+
+ new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
+ new_stmt->exp = exp;
+ return new_stmt;
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
+{
+ new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
+}
+
+void
+lang_startup (const char *name)
+{
+ if (first_file->filename != NULL)
+ {
+ einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
+ }
+ first_file->filename = name;
+ first_file->local_sym_name = name;
+ first_file->flags.real = true;
+}
+
+void
+lang_float (bool maybe)
+{
+ lang_float_flag = maybe;
+}
+
+
+/* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
+ store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
+
+ MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
+ DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
+ LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
+ statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
+ had an explicit load address.
+
+ It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
+
+static void
+lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
+ lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
+ const char *memspec,
+ const char *lma_memspec,
+ bool have_lma,
+ bool have_vma)
+{
+ *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, false);
+
+ /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
+ has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
+ as well. */
+ if (lma_memspec != NULL
+ && !have_vma
+ && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
+ *region = *lma_region;
+ else
+ *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, false);
+
+ if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
+ einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
+ NULL);
+}
+
+void
+lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
+ lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
+ const char *lma_memspec)
+{
+ lang_get_regions (¤t_section->region,
+ ¤t_section->lma_region,
+ memspec, lma_memspec,
+ current_section->load_base != NULL,
+ current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
+
+ current_section->fill = fill;
+ current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
+ pop_stat_ptr ();
+}
+
+/* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
+
+void
+lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
+ const char *big,
+ const char *little,
+ int from_script)
+{
+ if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
+ {
+ if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
+ && big != NULL)
+ format = big;
+ else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
+ && little != NULL)
+ format = little;
+
+ output_target = format;
+ }
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
+{
+ lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
+
+ new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
+ new_stmt->where = where;
+ new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
+ saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
+}
+
+/* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
+ stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
+
+void
+lang_enter_group (void)
+{
+ lang_group_statement_type *g;
+
+ g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
+ lang_list_init (&g->children);
+ push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
+}
+
+/* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
+ regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
+ groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
+ but currently they can't. */
+
+void
+lang_leave_group (void)
+{
+ pop_stat_ptr ();
+}
+
+/* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
+ command in a linker script. */
+
+void
+lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
+ etree_type *type,
+ bool filehdr,
+ bool phdrs,
+ etree_type *at,
+ etree_type *flags)
+{
+ struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
+ bool hdrs;
+
+ n = stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
+ n->next = NULL;
+ n->name = name;
+ n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
+ n->filehdr = filehdr;
+ n->phdrs = phdrs;
+ n->at = at;
+ n->flags = flags;
+
+ hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
+
+ for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
+ if (hdrs
+ && (*pp)->type == 1
+ && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
+ {
+ einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
+ " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
+ hdrs = false;
+ }
+
+ *pp = n;
+}
+
+/* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
+ should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
+
+static void
+lang_record_phdrs (void)
+{
+ unsigned int alc;
+ asection **secs;
+ lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
+ struct lang_phdr *l;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+
+ alc = 10;
+ secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
+ last = NULL;
+
+ for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
+ {
+ unsigned int c;
+ flagword flags;
+ bfd_vma at;
+
+ c = 0;
+ for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
+ os != NULL;
+ os = os->next)
+ {
+ lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
+
+ if (os->constraint < 0)
+ continue;
+
+ pl = os->phdrs;
+ if (pl != NULL)
+ last = pl;
+ else
+ {
+ if (os->sectype == noload_section
+ || os->bfd_section == NULL
+ || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
+ if (l->type == 3)
+ continue;
+
+ if (last == NULL)
+ {
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
+
+ /* If we have not run across a section with a program
+ header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
+ one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
+ behaviour when a script has specified just a single
+ header and there are sections in that script which are
+ not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
+ use of that header. See here for more details:
+ http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
+ for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
+ if (tmp_os->phdrs)
+ {
+ last = tmp_os->phdrs;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (last == NULL)
+ einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
+ }
+ pl = last;
+ }
+
+ if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
+ {
+ if (c >= alc)
+ {
+ alc *= 2;
+ secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
+ alc * sizeof (asection *));
+ }
+ secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
+ ++c;
+ pl->used = true;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (l->flags == NULL)
+ flags = 0;
+ else
+ flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
+
+ if (l->at == NULL)
+ at = 0;
+ else
+ at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
+
+ if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
+ l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
+ at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
+ einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
+ }
+
+ free (secs);
+
+ /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
+ for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
+ os != NULL;
+ os = os->next)
+ {
+ lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
+
+ if (os->constraint < 0
+ || os->bfd_section == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ for (pl = os->phdrs;
+ pl != NULL;
+ pl = pl->next)
+ if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
+ einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
+ os->name, pl->name);
+ }
+}
+
+/* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
+
+void
+lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
+{
+ struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
+
+ n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+ n->next = nocrossref_list;
+ n->list = l;
+ n->onlyfirst = false;
+ nocrossref_list = n;
+
+ /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
+ link_info.notice_all = true;
+}
+
+/* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
+
+void
+lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
+{
+ lang_add_nocrossref (l);
+ nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = true;
+}
+
+/* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
+
+/* The overlay virtual address. */
+static etree_type *overlay_vma;
+/* And subsection alignment. */
+static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
+
+/* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
+static etree_type *overlay_max;
+
+/* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
+
+struct overlay_list {
+ struct overlay_list *next;
+ lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
+};
+
+static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
+
+/* Start handling an overlay. */
+
+void
+lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
+{
+ /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
+ ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
+ && overlay_subalign == NULL
+ && overlay_max == NULL);
+
+ overlay_vma = vma_expr;
+ overlay_subalign = subalign;
+}
+
+/* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
+ lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
+ lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
+
+void
+lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
+{
+ struct overlay_list *n;
+ etree_type *size;
+
+ lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
+ 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
+
+ /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
+ sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
+ used in the addresses. */
+ if (overlay_list == NULL)
+ overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
+
+ /* Remember the section. */
+ n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
+ n->os = current_section;
+ n->next = overlay_list;
+ overlay_list = n;
+
+ size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
+
+ /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
+ if (overlay_max == NULL)
+ overlay_max = size;
+ else
+ overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
+}
+
+/* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
+ here. */
+
+void
+lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
+ lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
+{
+ const char *name;
+ char *clean, *s2;
+ const char *s1;
+ char *buf;
+
+ name = current_section->name;
+
+ /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
+ region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
+ really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
+ override it. */
+ lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
+
+ /* Define the magic symbols. */
+
+ clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
+ s2 = clean;
+ for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
+ if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
+ *s2++ = *s1;
+ *s2 = '\0';
+
+ buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
+ sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
+ lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
+ exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
+ false));
+
+ buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
+ sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
+ lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
+ exp_binop ('+',
+ exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
+ exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
+ false));
+
+ free (clean);
+}
+
+/* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
+ looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
+
+void
+lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
+ int nocrossrefs,
+ fill_type *fill,
+ const char *memspec,
+ lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
+ const char *lma_memspec)
+{
+ lang_memory_region_type *region;
+ lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
+ struct overlay_list *l;
+ lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
+
+ lang_get_regions (®ion, &lma_region,
+ memspec, lma_memspec,
+ lma_expr != NULL, false);
+
+ nocrossref = NULL;
+
+ /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
+ overlay region. */
+ if (overlay_list != NULL)
+ {
+ overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
+ overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
+ = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), false);
+ }
+
+ l = overlay_list;
+ while (l != NULL)
+ {
+ struct overlay_list *next;
+
+ if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
+ l->os->fill = fill;
+
+ l->os->region = region;
+ l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
+
+ /* The first section has the load address specified in the
+ OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
+ The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
+ an LMA region was specified. */
+ if (l->next == 0)
+ {
+ l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
+ l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
+ }
+ if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
+ l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
+
+ if (nocrossrefs)
+ {
+ lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
+
+ nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
+ nc->name = l->os->name;
+ nc->next = nocrossref;
+ nocrossref = nc;
+ }
+
+ next = l->next;
+ free (l);
+ l = next;
+ }
+
+ if (nocrossref != NULL)
+ lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
+
+ overlay_vma = NULL;
+ overlay_list = NULL;
+ overlay_max = NULL;
+ overlay_subalign = NULL;
+}
+
+/* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
+
+/* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
+ If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
+ symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
+
+static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
+lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
+ const char *sym)
+{
+ const char *c_sym;
+ const char *cxx_sym = sym;
+ const char *java_sym = sym;
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
+ enum demangling_styles curr_style;
+
+ curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
+ cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
+ c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
+ if (!c_sym)
+ c_sym = sym;
+ cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
+
+ if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
+ {
+ cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
+ DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
+ if (!cxx_sym)
+ cxx_sym = sym;
+ }
+ if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
+ {
+ java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
+ if (!java_sym)
+ java_sym = sym;
+ }
+
+ if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
+ {
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
+
+ switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
+ {
+ e.pattern = c_sym;
+ expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
+ htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
+ while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
+ if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
+ goto out_ret;
+ else
+ expr = expr->next;
+ }
+ /* Fallthrough */
+ case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
+ if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
+ {
+ e.pattern = cxx_sym;
+ expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
+ htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
+ while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
+ if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
+ goto out_ret;
+ else
+ expr = expr->next;
+ }
+ /* Fallthrough */
+ case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
+ if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
+ {
+ e.pattern = java_sym;
+ expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
+ htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
+ while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
+ if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
+ goto out_ret;
+ else
+ expr = expr->next;
+ }
+ /* Fallthrough */
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
+ if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
+ expr = head->remaining;
+ else
+ expr = prev->next;
+ for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
+ {
+ const char *s;
+
+ if (!expr->pattern)
+ continue;
+
+ if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
+ break;
+
+ if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
+ s = java_sym;
+ else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
+ s = cxx_sym;
+ else
+ s = c_sym;
+ if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ out_ret:
+ if (c_sym != sym)
+ free ((char *) c_sym);
+ if (cxx_sym != sym)
+ free ((char *) cxx_sym);
+ if (java_sym != sym)
+ free ((char *) java_sym);
+ return expr;
+}
+
+/* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
+ return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
+
+static const char *
+realsymbol (const char *pattern)
+{
+ const char *p;
+ bool changed = false, backslash = false;
+ char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
+
+ for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
+ {
+ /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
+ backslash. */
+ if (backslash)
+ {
+ /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
+ *(s - 1) = *p;
+ backslash = false;
+ changed = true;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
+ {
+ free (symbol);
+ return NULL;
+ }
+
+ *s++ = *p;
+ backslash = *p == '\\';
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (changed)
+ {
+ *s = '\0';
+ return symbol;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ free (symbol);
+ return pattern;
+ }
+}
+
+/* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
+ the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
+ pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
+
+struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
+lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
+ const char *new_name,
+ const char *lang,
+ bool literal_p)
+{
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
+
+ ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
+ ret->next = orig;
+ ret->symver = 0;
+ ret->script = 0;
+ ret->literal = true;
+ ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
+ if (ret->pattern == NULL)
+ {
+ ret->pattern = new_name;
+ ret->literal = false;
+ }
+
+ if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
+ ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
+ else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
+ ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
+ else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
+ ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
+ else
+ {
+ einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
+ lang);
+ ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
+ }
+
+ return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
+}
+
+/* This is called for each set of variable names and match
+ expressions. */
+
+struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
+lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
+{
+ struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
+
+ ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
+ ret->globals.list = globals;
+ ret->locals.list = locals;
+ ret->match = lang_vers_match;
+ ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+/* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
+
+static int version_index;
+
+static hashval_t
+version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
+{
+ const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
+ (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
+
+ return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
+}
+
+static int
+version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
+{
+ const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
+ (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
+ const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
+ (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
+
+ return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
+}
+
+static void
+lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
+{
+ size_t count = 0;
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
+
+ for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
+ {
+ if (e->literal)
+ count++;
+ head->mask |= e->mask;
+ }
+
+ if (count)
+ {
+ head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
+ version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
+ list_loc = &head->list;
+ remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
+ for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
+ {
+ next = e->next;
+ if (!e->literal)
+ {
+ *remaining_loc = e;
+ remaining_loc = &e->next;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
+
+ if (*loc)
+ {
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
+
+ e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
+ last = NULL;
+ do
+ {
+ if (e1->mask == e->mask)
+ {
+ last = NULL;
+ break;
+ }
+ last = e1;
+ e1 = e1->next;
+ }
+ while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
+
+ if (last == NULL)
+ {
+ /* This is a duplicate. */
+ /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
+ xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
+ /* free (e->pattern); */
+ free (e);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ e->next = last->next;
+ last->next = e;
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ *loc = e;
+ *list_loc = e;
+ list_loc = &e->next;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ *remaining_loc = NULL;
+ *list_loc = head->remaining;
+ }
+ else
+ head->remaining = head->list;
+}
+
+/* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
+ version. */
+
+void
+lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
+ struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
+ struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
+{
+ struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
+
+ if (name == NULL)
+ name = "";
+
+ if (link_info.version_info != NULL
+ && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
+ {
+ einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
+ " with other version tags\n"));
+ free (version);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
+ for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+ if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
+ einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
+
+ lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
+ lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
+
+ /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
+ aren't any duplicates. */
+
+ for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
+ {
+ for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+ {
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
+
+ if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
+ {
+ e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
+ htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
+ while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
+ {
+ if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
+ einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
+ " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
+ e2 = e2->next;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!e1->literal)
+ for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
+ if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
+ && e1->mask == e2->mask)
+ einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
+ " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
+ }
+ }
+
+ for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
+ {
+ for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+ {
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
+
+ if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
+ {
+ e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
+ htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
+ while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
+ {
+ if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
+ einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
+ " in version information\n"),
+ e1->pattern);
+ e2 = e2->next;
+ }
+ }
+ else if (!e1->literal)
+ for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
+ if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
+ && e1->mask == e2->mask)
+ einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
+ " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
+ }
+ }
+
+ version->deps = deps;
+ version->name = name;
+ if (name[0] != '\0')
+ {
+ ++version_index;
+ version->vernum = version_index;
+ }
+ else
+ version->vernum = 0;
+
+ for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
+ ;
+ *pp = version;
+}
+
+/* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
+
+struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
+lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
+{
+ struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
+ struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
+
+ ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
+ ret->next = list;
+
+ for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
+ {
+ if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
+ {
+ ret->version_needed = t;
+ return ret;
+ }
+ }
+
+ einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
+
+ ret->version_needed = NULL;
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static void
+lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
+{
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
+
+ LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
+ {
+ asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
+ char *contents, *p;
+ bfd_size_type len;
+
+ if (sec == NULL)
+ continue;
+
+ len = sec->size;
+ contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
+ if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
+ einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
+
+ p = contents;
+ while (p < contents + len)
+ {
+ greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, false);
+ p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
+ }
+
+ /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
+
+ /* Do not include this section in the link. */
+ sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
+ }
+
+ lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, false);
+ lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
+ lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
+}
+
+/* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec. This is initially
+ called with UPDATE_REGIONS_P set to FALSE, in this case no errors are
+ thrown, however, references to symbols in the origin and length fields
+ will be pushed into the symbol table, this allows PROVIDE statements to
+ then provide these symbols. This function is called a second time with
+ UPDATE_REGIONS_P set to TRUE, this time the we update the actual region
+ data structures, and throw errors if missing symbols are encountered. */
+
+static void
+lang_do_memory_regions (bool update_regions_p)
+{
+ lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
+
+ for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
+ {
+ if (r->origin_exp)
+ {
+ exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
+ if (update_regions_p)
+ {
+ if (expld.result.valid_p)
+ {
+ r->origin = expld.result.value;
+ r->current = r->origin;
+ }
+ else
+ einfo (_("%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
+ r->name_list.name);
+ }
+ }
+ if (r->length_exp)
+ {
+ exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
+ if (update_regions_p)
+ {
+ if (expld.result.valid_p)
+ r->length = expld.result.value;
+ else
+ einfo (_("%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
+ r->name_list.name);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+void
+lang_add_unique (const char *name)
+{
+ struct unique_sections *ent;
+
+ for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
+ if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
+ return;
+
+ ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
+ ent->name = xstrdup (name);
+ ent->next = unique_section_list;
+ unique_section_list = ent;
+}
+
+/* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
+
+void
+lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list **list_p,
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
+{
+ if (*list_p)
+ {
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
+ for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
+ ;
+ tail->next = (*list_p)->head.list;
+ (*list_p)->head.list = dynamic;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
+
+ d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
+ d->head.list = dynamic;
+ d->match = lang_vers_match;
+ *list_p = d;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
+ one. */
+
+void
+lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
+{
+ const char *symbols[] =
+ {
+ "typeinfo name for*",
+ "typeinfo for*"
+ };
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
+ unsigned int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
+ dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
+ false);
+
+ lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
+}
+
+/* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
+ existing one. */
+
+void
+lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
+{
+ const char *symbols[] =
+ {
+ "operator new*",
+ "operator delete*"
+ };
+ struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
+ unsigned int i;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
+ dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
+ false);
+
+ lang_append_dynamic_list (&link_info.dynamic_list, dynamic);
+}
+
+/* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
+
+void
+lang_ld_feature (char *str)
+{
+ char *p, *q;
+
+ p = str;
+ while (*p)
+ {
+ char sep;
+ while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
+ ++p;
+ if (!*p)
+ break;
+ q = p + 1;
+ while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
+ ++q;
+ sep = *q;
+ *q = 0;
+ if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
+ config.sane_expr = true;
+ else
+ einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
+ *q = sep;
+ p = q;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Pretty print memory amount. */
+
+static void
+lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
+{
+ if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
+ printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
+ else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
+ printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
+ else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
+ printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
+ else
+ printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
+}
+
+/* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
+
+void
+lang_print_memory_usage (void)
+{
+ lang_memory_region_type *r;
+
+ printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
+ for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
+ {
+ bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
+
+ printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
+ lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
+ lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
+
+ if (r->length != 0)
+ {
+ double percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
+ printf (" %6.2f%%", percent);
+ }
+ printf ("\n");
+ }
+}
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/ld/ldlang.h binutils-2.38-new/ld/ldlang.h
--- binutils-2.38/ld/ldlang.h 2022-01-22 13:14:09.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.38-new/ld/ldlang.h 2022-04-26 13:55:03.353547944 +0200
@@ -122,7 +122,9 @@ enum section_type
overlay_section,
noload_section,
noalloc_section,
- readonly_section
+ type_section,
+ readonly_section,
+ typed_readonly_section
};
/* This structure holds a list of program headers describing
@@ -166,6 +168,7 @@ typedef struct lang_output_section_state
int constraint;
flagword flags;
enum section_type sectype;
+ etree_type *sectype_value;
unsigned int processed_vma : 1;
unsigned int processed_lma : 1;
unsigned int all_input_readonly : 1;
@@ -545,7 +548,7 @@ extern void lang_add_output
(const char *, int from_script);
extern lang_output_section_statement_type *lang_enter_output_section_statement
(const char *, etree_type *, enum section_type, etree_type *, etree_type *,
- etree_type *, int, int);
+ etree_type *, etree_type *, int, int);
extern void lang_final
(void);
extern void lang_relax_sections
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/ld/ldlex.l binutils-2.38-new/ld/ldlex.l
--- binutils-2.38/ld/ldlex.l 2022-01-22 13:14:09.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.38-new/ld/ldlex.l 2022-04-26 13:55:03.354547946 +0200
@@ -323,6 +323,7 @@ V_IDENTIFIER [*?.$_a-zA-Z\[\]\-\!\^\\]([
<EXPRESSION>"DSECT" { RTOKEN(DSECT); }
<EXPRESSION>"COPY" { RTOKEN(COPY); }
<EXPRESSION>"INFO" { RTOKEN(INFO); }
+<EXPRESSION>"TYPE" { RTOKEN(TYPE); }
<SCRIPT,EXPRESSION>"ONLY_IF_RO" { RTOKEN(ONLY_IF_RO); }
<SCRIPT,EXPRESSION>"ONLY_IF_RW" { RTOKEN(ONLY_IF_RW); }
<SCRIPT,EXPRESSION>"SPECIAL" { RTOKEN(SPECIAL); }
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/ld/ld.texi binutils-2.38-new/ld/ld.texi
--- binutils-2.38/ld/ld.texi 2022-01-22 13:14:09.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.38-new/ld/ld.texi 2022-04-26 13:55:03.352547943 +0200
@@ -5483,13 +5483,23 @@ loaded into memory when the program is r
@item READONLY
The section should be marked as read-only.
@item DSECT
-@itemx COPY
-@itemx INFO
-@itemx OVERLAY
+@item COPY
+@item INFO
+@item OVERLAY
These type names are supported for backward compatibility, and are
rarely used. They all have the same effect: the section should be
marked as not allocatable, so that no memory is allocated for the
section when the program is run.
+@item TYPE = @var{type}
+Set the section type to the integer @var{type}. When generating an ELF
+output file, type names @code{SHT_PROGBITS}, @code{SHT_STRTAB},
+@code{SHT_NOTE}, @code {SHT_NOBITS}, @code{SHT_INIT_ARRAY},
+@code{SHT_FINI_ARRAY}, and @code{SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY} are also allowed
+for @var{type}. It is the user's responsibility to ensure that any
+special requirements of the section type are met.
+@item READONLY ( TYPE = @var{type} )
+This form of the syntax combines the @var{READONLY} type with the
+type specified by @var{type}.
@end table
@kindex NOLOAD
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/ld/mri.c binutils-2.38-new/ld/mri.c
--- binutils-2.38/ld/mri.c 2022-01-22 13:14:09.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.38-new/ld/mri.c 2022-04-26 13:55:03.354547946 +0200
@@ -210,8 +210,8 @@ mri_draw_tree (void)
base = p->vma ? p->vma : exp_nameop (NAME, ".");
lang_enter_output_section_statement (p->name, base,
- p->ok_to_load ? normal_section : noload_section,
- align, subalign, NULL, 0, 0);
+ p->ok_to_load ? normal_section : noload_section, 0,
+ align, subalign, NULL, 0, 0);
base = 0;
tmp = (struct wildcard_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *tmp);
tmp->next = NULL;
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/ld/NEWS binutils-2.38-new/ld/NEWS
--- binutils-2.38/ld/NEWS 2022-01-22 13:14:09.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.38-new/ld/NEWS 2022-04-26 13:55:03.351547941 +0200
@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
-*- text -*-
+* TYPE=<type> is now supported in an output section description to set the
+ section type value.
+
Changes in 2.38:
* Add -z pack-relative-relocs/-z no pack-relative-relocs to x86 ELF
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/ld/testsuite/ld-scripts/output-section-types.d binutils-2.38-new/ld/testsuite/ld-scripts/output-section-types.d
--- binutils-2.38/ld/testsuite/ld-scripts/output-section-types.d 2022-01-22 13:14:09.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.38-new/ld/testsuite/ld-scripts/output-section-types.d 2022-04-26 13:55:03.354547946 +0200
@@ -1,13 +1,17 @@
#ld: -Toutput-section-types.t
#source: align2a.s
-#objdump: -h
+#readelf: -S --wide
#target: [is_elf_format]
#...
- . \.rom.*
-[ ]+ALLOC, READONLY
- . \.ro.*
-[ ]+CONTENTS, ALLOC, LOAD, READONLY, DATA
- . \.over.*
-[ ]+CONTENTS, READONLY
+.* .rom +NOBITS +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +00 +A +0 +0 +[1248]
+.* .ro +PROGBITS +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +00 +A +0 +0 +[1248]
+.* .over +PROGBITS +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +00 + +0 +0 +[1248]
+.* progbits +PROGBITS +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +00 +A +0 +0 +[1248]
+.* strtab +STRTAB +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +00 +A +0 +0 +[1248]
+.* note +NOTE +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +00 +A +0 +0 +[1248]
+.* init_array +INIT_ARRAY +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +0[48] +A +0 +0 +[1248]
+.* fini_array +FINI_ARRAY +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +0[48] +A +0 +0 +[1248]
+.* preinit_array +PREINIT_ARRAY +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +0[48] +A +0 +0 +[1248]
+.* .ro.note +NOTE +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +[0-9a-f]+ +00 +A +0 +0 +[1248]
#pass
diff -rupN --no-dereference binutils-2.38/ld/testsuite/ld-scripts/output-section-types.t binutils-2.38-new/ld/testsuite/ld-scripts/output-section-types.t
--- binutils-2.38/ld/testsuite/ld-scripts/output-section-types.t 2022-01-22 13:14:09.000000000 +0100
+++ binutils-2.38-new/ld/testsuite/ld-scripts/output-section-types.t 2022-04-26 13:55:03.354547946 +0200
@@ -2,6 +2,13 @@ SECTIONS {
.rom (NOLOAD) : { LONG(1234); }
.ro (READONLY) : { LONG(5678); }
.over (OVERLAY) : { LONG(0123); }
+ progbits (TYPE=SHT_PROGBITS) : { BYTE(1) }
+ strtab (TYPE = SHT_STRTAB) : { BYTE(0) }
+ note (TYPE =SHT_NOTE) : { BYTE(8) }
+ init_array (TYPE= 14) : { QUAD(14) }
+ fini_array ( TYPE=SHT_FINI_ARRAY) : { QUAD(15) }
+ preinit_array (TYPE=SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY ) : { QUAD(16) }
+ .ro.note (READONLY (TYPE=SHT_NOTE)) : { LONG(5678); }
/DISCARD/ : { *(*) }
}